201 things you can do to improve English in 2019 Guaranteed!!!

As a 11 years, English Teacher, the following post takes you to a 15 minutes researched and constructive journey which will potentially change your perception about English.

Before moving further, I want to highlight about how specific English words have lost their meaning. Rightly so, as English is regarded to be a funny language and if the learning phase is devoid of fun and frolic, then you possibly won’t enjoy much. On the same lines, there is a word namely “Gay” which was primarily used for “Happiness”. I still remember that I have used this word so many times primarily to express my state of mind by saying, that I am gay. However, with the passage of time, it’s another meaning possibly held a far greater significance and if today, I will use this word again, then in all probability, others will be confused and surprised regarding my gender as well. Isn’t it?

 

Yes, English isn’t just easy to understand but speak as well.

Yes, English grammar (TENSES) are the easiest thing to happen to you, if you get systematic guidance.

So, let’s help you with an eye-opening post, which you have been waiting for ever.

Let’s guide you step-by-step

For ex.

Many don’t know where and how to use “I, ME or MY”?

He is taller than I (wrong)

He is taller than MY (wrong)

He is taller than ME (correct)

  • Let’s explain

“I” will never be used at the end of sentence

“I” is a subject

 

I am going

Now, if there are two subjects, “I” follows next

For example

Saddam and my are going out of station (wrong)

Saddam and I are going to attend the event (correct)

Saddam and I are going out of station (correct)

Another example:-

Saddam and me are going out of station (wrong)

Another Example:-

On Sunday or In Sunday?

Always use ON with days of the week

For example

On Sunday

On Monday

On Tuesday
On Wednesday
On Thursday

On Friday

On Saturday

 

Another Example:-

  • Many of you don’t know whether to use
    DID WENT OR DID GO?

Here is the detailed answer:-

You need to add the FIRST FORM OF VERB in sentences where “DID” is used

For example
He didn’t went (wrong)

He didn’t go (correct)

They didn’t listened me (wrong)

They didn’t listen (correct)

You didn’t wanted me to go there (wrong)

You didn’t want me to go there (correct)

I didn’t liked the image (Wrong)

I didn’t like the mango (correct)

She didn’t watered the plants (Wrong)

She didn’t water the plants (correct)

YOU NEED TO ADD FIRST FORM OF VERB WITH DID (as above)

 

Now, before moving further, let me ask you

Are you very serious to improve your English now?

Aren’t you getting a high-paying job just because you don’t know English well?

If yes, has been the answer to all the queries above, then you are at the right place.

Yes, as a 11 years experienced English Teacher, I am going to reveal more than 200 ways to improve English.

 

Another Example:-

 Who and Whom – Mistakes

 

Who is the subjective pronoun like I, we, you, they, He , she, it
Whom is the objective pronoun Like me, us, you, them, him, her

 

Who and Whom both denotes the human-beings, But, their use is different

Whom – Where is it used?

Will be used for an individual – no organization or company
No sentence will start with “Whom”
Whom will always be used in the middle

I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person )

 

 

Who – Where is it used?

It is used for subjective pronouns such as I, we you, they, he, she, it
For example
Who was the doctor whom you consulted?
Ans. I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person)

 

Let’s take the use of “Who”

 

Who was that person?
He is my friend

Who was with you yesterday?
He was my English Teacher
Who was accompanying you last night?
He was my mentor
Who was with you in car?
He was my father.

 

 

 

Let’s take use of “WHOM”

I met the architect in my office whom I greeted in the party last night

I am very happy to shake hands with the Prime Minister whom I met at the airport.

Whom  should I talk for getting this work done in the department?

To who was this letter directed?

Whom do you believe for getting this work done professionally?

I am in a fix with whom, I am going to partner for the show

 

 

Many of you don’t know

Where should we use “Should”, “Could” and “Would”?

 

 

 

In all the following examples, we are giving suggestion. So, we are using, “Should”

For example,

  • You should visit doctor as you are ill
  • He should go to school now, as rains have stopped
  • You should cover your ears, as it is cold outside
  • She should drink the juice as doctor has advised him to
  • He shouldn’t play outside, as the ground is slippery due to overnight

 

 

Could – Used for Capabilities

Things which you used to do in the past, but not any more now

When I was younger, I could walk for an hour, but not now

He could’t call me yesterday, as the signals were weak

The train couldn’t reach the station on time, as the weather was not clear

The patient couldn’t stand for more than a minute, as he was too weak

The interviewee could easily pass all the rounds last month, as he was thoroughly prepared

 

 

 

Would – Used for making POLITE OFFERS

For example,

  • Would you hold the cup for me ?
  • Would you like to accompany us for lunch tomorrow?
  • Would you like to take a picture of us?
  • Would you like to spend this weekend in park?
  • Would you like to play the game ?

 

 

 

 

Would – Refer to hypothetical situations. In other, words, we use”would” for “un-real” situations

For example,

  • If people are kind at heart, then we wouldn’t see so many problems in the country
  • If I become the leader, I would do various noteworthy changes
  • If political parties are honest, then the country would become very progressive

 

 

 

 

Important thing to know

Never use “TO” after could, should and would

For ex.

You shouldn’t to sleep right now (wrong)

You shouldn’t sleep right now (correct)

 

Now, before moving further, I would like to confidently say, that by the time, you will finish reading  the complete post, your basics will be clear to a great extent, provided that you show seriousness.

English is important in any field. So, if you are the masters in it, then potentially you can reach the zenith earlier, as compared to others. Therefore, it is important to polish skills.

In the rest of the following article, I am sharing my experiences of how I mastered over this language in a full fledged way along with giving easy and practical steps which will help English Learners massively.

 

My passion for enhancing English skills grew from my childhood days as I was in early years of my schooling. Till I was in class 6th, my English was not even upto the mark then. I used to get punishment from teachers as well as parents for failing to get requisite marks in any subject and English was not an exception.

Although, I was able to understand to what others used to speak, yet I couldn’t communicate with them in English and I believe that most of us face such predicament. Isn’t it?

However, soon I got counseling from one of my uncles who equally happened to be a HOD in a University. He is a really nice man. I must say. He gave me enough reasons to polish my English, since all other subjects are primarily based on English as well and later on even a high paying professional life is based on good grasp of English language. So, if I will improve my English, I can equally be able to have a better control over other subjects too which can equally help me get the job of my dream. That was the day which proved to be a change for me.

 

He suggested me to purchase the following book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

 

I am telling from my own personal experience that the difference which I found with the book has been awesome and due to polishing my English further, I got confidence and enrolled myself for a mass communication course in Lucknow University after passing with high grades in 10+2 and soon started working for a newspaper namely Hindustan Times.

Yes, there wasn’t even an iota of doubt or confusion now. It has been years, still I know what I had learnt way back then and all of those awesome concepts and basic understanding is still fresh in my mind.

For example, I came to know many of the following things:-

How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

 

I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

I am happy (used as noun)

I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

 

After all, English is all about learning the intricacies. One of the most common mistakes which people commit while making the use of “older” and “elder”

Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,

 

  • He is older to me (correct)
  • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

Now, I am explaining to you.

We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”

I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

  • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
  • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

For example,

I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations

We usually say,

I have given the examination (wrong)

We should say

I have taken the exam (right)

Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?

 

 

Mistake No. 1

Many of you while introducing yourself say

Myself I am Saddam (wrong)

I am Saddam (correct)

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 2

 

Use Apostrophe in the right position

Saddam book (wrong)

Saddam’s book  (book belongs to Saddam)

Arpits pen (wrong)
Arpit’s pen (pen belongs to Arpit)

 

 

Mistake No. 3

 

Let us go by walk. (wrong)

Let us walk.  (correct)

Read : Know Interview questions from experts to get  a high-paying job 

 

Mistake No. 4

 

He asked me where do I stay? (wrong)
He asked me where I stay (correct)

NEVER USE DO/DOES/DID in reported speech

Other examples
They asked me , where I work

I asked them, where they play baseball

He asked them, where they sleep

 

Mistake No. 5

 

 

Too or To?

Use of “TOO”

It is too hot

The weather is too cold

 

Use of “TO”

I will go to his house

He is supposed to return to his place

 

 

Mistake No. 6

He is twenty-five years (wrong)

He is twenty-five years old (correct)

 

Read : Don’t miss these basic tips to improve English 

 

Mistake No. 7

 

They have left smoking (wrong)

They have stopped smoking (correct)

 

 

Mistake No. 8

 

I have a good news for you related with your career  (wrong)
I have good news for you related with your career (correct)

Always say

I have good news

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 9

 

The rain is happening (wrong)
It is raining (correct)

 

Always use “IT” in similar sentences.

For example,

It is a hot day

It is windy

It is cloudy

 

 

 

Mistake No. 10

 

This is not a proper way, to approach to this question (wrong)
This is not a proper way to approach this question (correct)

 

 

Mistake No. 11

Verb will be used in relation with the subejct

Your verb is only defined by the subject. If your subject is plural, then the verb will be plural and if the subject is singular, then it will be singular.

For example:-
The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar was in vain (wrong)
Here, the subject is “efforts” which is plural, so you have to place the plural verb

The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar were in vain (correct)

 

Similarly,

He along with friends were discharged from hospital (wrong)

Here, the subject is “HE” so, you have to use the verb in SINGULAR FORM

 

He along with friends was discharged from hospital (correct)

 

Another example:-

The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch was simply useless (wrong)

“Attempts” are plural, so “WERE” is used
The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch were simply useless (correct)

Saddam along with Sadeeq is going for a dinner

“Saddam” is singular so “is” used

Sadeeq together with his friends is playing cricket.

 

Read : How to pass interview for a lucrative job

Mistake No. 12

 

 

Give an exam (wrong)
Take an exam (correct)

If someone has appeared in the exam, then we can say

He/She has taken exam (correct)

 

 

 

Mistake No. 13

 

 

Correct use of They and Their

They are going to them house (wrong)
They are going to their house (correct)
I will be going to them house (wrong)
I will be going to their house (correct)

 

 

“THEIR” will always be used before a noun

In the above sentences : House is a noun, and “THEIR” is used before it

Similarly,
I have taken their book for a day

BOOK is  a noun and I have used “THEIR” before that.

THEIR pen

THEIR computer

THEIR cupboard

THEIR bed-sheet

THEIR account

THEIR auditorium

 

 

 

 

Read : Easiest of tips to improve English in months  

 

Mistake No. 14

 

Reply back / Revert back  (wrong)

Reply / Revert  (correct)

Since, “REVERT”  or “REPLY” itself means, the same thing, so we don’t have to use BACK

So, we can say

Kindly, revert at the earliest

or

Kindly reply, as soon as possible

 

 

 

Mistake No. 15

 

 

Everybody must listen to their inner voice (wrong)
Everybody must listen to HIS or HER inner voice (correct)

 

When the subject is EVERYBODY” we don’t use pronoun THEIR, we use HIS or HER

Another example

Everybody must do his or her work diligently

 

Similarly,  no one, and nobody anyone, anybody, everyone, everybody, someone,somebody are always singular.

 

 

Mistake No. 16

 

Mistake
Me and Saddam live here  (wrong)
Saddam and I live here (Correct)

Hint – If there are two people, always use yourself second and denote yourself with “I”

Another example:-

Sadeeq and I like mango
John and I sleep here

 

 

 

Mistake No. 17

 

Mistake
It is more cold today (wrong)
It is colder today (correct

You should know positive, comparative and superlative degrees

For example,
Cold (positive) Colder (comparative) Coldest (superlative)

He is more short than me (wrong)
He is shorter than me (Correct)
Short (Positive) Shorter (comparative) Shortest (Superlative)

 

 

Mistake No. 18

 

Mistake

How many pencils you have? (wrong)
How many pencils do you have (correct)

In order to know HOW I HAVE DONE

Simply break the sentence in the following way

First write a simple sentence

  • You have pencils
  • Do you have pencils?
  • How many pencil do you have?

Another example:-

Where has he gone ? or Where he has gone ?
Correct one is
Where has he gone ?
Now, let’s break in the following ways:-

  • He has gone
  • Has he gone there
  • Where has he gone?

 

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 19

 

Always use “IN” for months

In January/March/September/December

For example,
He will be here in May

I will go to Indonesia in December

 

 

 

Mistake No. 20

 

Always use “ON” before DAYS OF THE WEEK

For example,
On Sunday/Monday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/Saturday

I will catch him on Sunday

 

Grammatical Mistakes which many of you make, but don’t realise

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 21

Many a times (wrong)
Many times (correct)
or
Many a time (correct)

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 22

 

Lose or Loose?

Lose (verb)- To Win
Loose (adjective) Not tight

He will lose the match like this (used as verb)
This shirt is too loose  (used as adjective)

Hope, the difference is clear now

 

 

 

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 24

 

He wakes or He wake?

Add (s) or (es) to verb with HE/SHE/IT

He wake early (wrong)

He wakes (not wake) early (correct)

 

 

She go to school (wrong)

She goes (not go) to school (correct)

 

 

Mistake No. 25

 

For or Since?

Many people don’t know the proper use of FOR and SINCE

“SINCE” is used for specific time

Since 1997

Since morning

Since 2o’ clock

Since yesterday

Since afternoon

 

“FOR” is used, when the time is not clear

For many years (how many years?)

For a day  (Which day)

For the whole year (which year?)

For two hours (which two hours of the day?)

 

 

Mistake No. 26

 

Cope up (wrong)

Cope up with (wrong)

Cope with (correct)

He has to cope with challenges soon as I want to see him winner
One must cope with adversities in every phase of life

 

 

Mistake No. 27

Many of you make spelling mistakes

  •  Acheive (wrong)
  •  Achieve (correct)
  • Wrong: Changeble
  • Right: Changeable
  • Wrong: Embarass
  • Right: Embarrass
  • Wrong: Garantee
  • Right: Guarantee
  • Wrong: Independant
  • Right: Independent
  • Wrong: Carnell
  • Right: Colonel
  • Wrong: Millenium
  • Right: Millennium
  • Wrong: Mispell
  • Right: Misspell
  • Wrong: Definately
  • Right: Definitely
  • Wrong: Fluorosent
  • Right: Fluorescent
  • Wrong: Jist
  • Right: Gist
  • Wrong: Immediatly
  • Right: Immediately
  • Wrong: Prefered
  • Right: Preferred
  • Wrong: Publically
  • Right: Publicly
  • Wrong: Seperate
  • Right: Separate
  • Wrong: Succesful
  • Right: Successful

 

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 28

 

Many of you use SECOND or THIRD FORM with DID

He didn’t slept (wrong)
He didn’t sleep (correct)

Always use THE FIRST FORM OF VERB with DID

More example:-

I didn’t complete the work on time, and I apologise for it

He didn’t wash the clothes, even though I told him to

 

 

 

 

Read : Basic tips to improve English like never before 

 

Mistake No. 29

 

Forming INTERROGATIVE QUESTIONS incorrectly

You like to play football

becomes

Do you like to play football?

 

Similarly,

He watches the match becomes

Does he watch the match? (“es” will be replaced with “DO” in the interrogative sentence )

Likewise,
Do they play pool?

 

 

 

Mistake No. 30

 

Not using PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE for the actions which have started in the past and are still in the continuation phase

For example,

She has been working in the office since 2007  (if she is still working)

He has been working in the college for 2 years now (if he is still employed as a teacher)

 

 

 

Mistake No. 31

Frequent mistakes in English Grammar

LIKES OR LIKE

My brother like to play cricket (wrong)

You need to know that WITH THE HELPING VERBS

HE, SHE, IT – THE MAIN VERB WILL BE SINGULAR

So, here as the subject is (BROTHER) is singular, so the verb will also be singular

 

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 32

 

Me or My

He is coming to meet my (wrong)

He is coming to meet me (correct

They are coming to me house (wrong)
They are coming to my house (correct)

MY is always used before a noun

My pen

My shirt

My shoes

My building

My mango

My table

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 33

You can speak loud (wrong)

You can speak loudly (correct)

They speak clear (wrong)

They speak clearly (correct)

She speaks slow (wrong)
She speaks slowly (correct)

 

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 34

Never use “VERY BETTER”

Simply say “BETTER” or “MUCH BETTER”

The patient feels very better after taking medicine (wrong)
The patient feels better after taking medicine (correct)
or

The patient feels much better after taking medicine (correct)

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 35

 

I go or I goes?

Always use the plural form of verb with “I”  (without “s” or “es”)

I goes to school daily (Wrong)
I eats pomegranate (Wrong)

I likes this painting (wrong)

Correct sentences are as follows:-

I go to school daily (Correct)
I eat pomegranate (Correct)
I like this painting (Correct)

 

 

 

Mistake No. 36

 

THEY HAVE OR THEY HAS?

 

When there is I, WE, YOU, THEY – We always use HAVE OR HAD

 

They has gone (wrong)
You has eaten the mango (wrong)

They have gone (correct)
You have eaten the mango (Correct)

 

Mistake No. 37

 

Older or Elder ?

 

 

Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,

  • He is older to me (correct)
  • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

Now, I am explaining to you.

We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”

 

I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

  • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
  • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

 

 

 

Mistake No. 38

12:AM  12:PM or 12 Noon 12 Midnight?

 

 

Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

For example,

I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 39

 

One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations

 

We usually say,

I have given the examination (wrong)

We should say

I have taken the exam (right)

Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 40

More thinner (wrong)
Thinner (correct)

I am more thinner than him (wrong)
I am thinner than him (correct)

 

Mistake No. 41

 

In the month of March or On the month of March?

In the month of March (correct

Always use IN with months

For example

In Jan

In Feb
In Mar

In Apr

In May

In June

In July

In Aug

In Sep

In Oct

In Nov

In Dec

 

 

 

Mistake No. 42

Our or Us

They are coming to us house (wrong)
They are coming to our house (correct)

OUR will always be used before a noun

For example

Our house

Our country

Our flag

Our chair

Our desk

US will be used in the following sentences

He is coming to meet us

They have invited us

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Read : How I improved my English and how you can too 

Mistake No. 43

 

Play or Plays  FOR I, WE YOU THEY??

They plays the game of cricket very well (wrong)

With the subjects such as I, WE YOU, THEY  the main verb will be plural that is (WITHOUT “S” OR “ES”
They play the game of cricket very well (correct

Similarly, for promouns such as

I /WE / YOU/THEY PLAY CRICKET VERY WELL

I /WE / YOU/THEY GO FOR MOVIE EVERY WEEKEND

I /WE / YOU/THEY WATCH THE MOVIE TOGETHER

 

 

 

Mistake No. 44

 

Not knowing where to use “HE”, “HIS” AND “HIM”

For example

He is going to him house (wrong)

He is going to he house (wrong)

He is going to his house (correct)

“HIS” is always used before a NOUN

For example

HIS PEN

HIS BOOK

HIS TABLE

HIS COUNTRY

HIS BOTTLE

HIS SYRINGE

 

 

 

Mistake No. 45

 

Always use the singular form of the verb with “EACH” & “EVERY”

 

Many of you don’t realise that with “Each” and “Every”, we use the singular form of verb

For example

 

Each of these boys write well  (Wrong)

Each of these boys writes well (correct)

Another example

Each of you go to school daily (Wrong)
Each of you goes to school daily (correct)
There is “s” with write

Everyone of you paint well (Wrong)

Everyone of you paints well (Correct)
Another example
Everyone of you drive well (Wrong)
Everyone of you drives well (Correct)

 

Mistake No. 46

 

Neither or Both?

Use “Neither” instead of “Both” in the following negative sentences.

For example,
Both of you didn’t come (wrong)

Neither of you came  (Correct)
Both of them aren’t sincere towards their studies (wrong)

Neither of them are sincere towards their studies (Correct)

 

Both of us aren’t going to attend the party (wrong)
Neither of us are attending the party (correct)

 

 

 

Mistake No. 47

 

 

Always use the THIRD FORM OF VERB if it is followed by “THE” (The + verb )

For example,

I can surely say that this is the good building in town (wrong)
Why?

Because, good is the first of verb

I can surely say that this is the best building in town (correct)

 

It is the better painting, I have ever seen (Wrong)
“Better” is the second form

It is the best painting, I have ever seen (Correct)

 

 

Mistake No. 48

 

Never use helping verbs “twice” such as in the following sentences:-

When I will come, I will call you (wrong)

“WILL” shouldn’t be used two times in one sentence

When I come, I will call you (correct)

The moment, he will arrive, he will text me (wrong)
The moment he arrives, he will text me (correct)

 

 

Mistake No. 49

 

Listen me or “Listen to” me?

He doesn’t listen me (wrong)
He doesn’t “listen to” me (correct)

Always use “LISTEN TO”

OR

“LISTENING TO”

He is not listening to me
They are not listening to them

She is not listening to her

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 50

 

Use correct form of WORD in sentences

 

How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

I am happy (used as noun)

I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Read : Complete guide to improve English in months 

Mistake No. 51

 

 

Always use AT before time

At 5o’clock
At 7 pm

Can you arrive at 5o’clock?
I need to catch my flight.

 

Mistake 52

 

Our auditorium is in the 3rd floor (wrong)

Our auditorium is on the 3rd floor. (correct)

 

 

Mistake 53

His brother-in-laws have arrive at the party (wrong)

His brothers-in-law have arrived at the party (correct)

The plural of BROTHER-IN-LAW IS “BROTHERS-IN-LAW”

Same is

Sisters-in-law

Mothers-in-law

 

 

Mistake 54

She has golden hairs (wrong)
She has golden hair (correct)

HAIR is plural in itself, so it will be unchanged

 

Mistake 55

 

I prefer tea than coffee (wrong)
I prefer tea to coffee (correct)

Always use TO with PREFER

For example,

I prefer trouser to jeans

I prefer Nigeria to United States

 

Mistake No. 56

 

Its high time, he improves his verbal English (wrong)
It’s high, he improved his verbal English (correct)

With “IT’S HIGH TIME”, we use past tense, to refer the present

Other examples:-

It’s high time, he demonstrated his skills

It’s high time, he learned Arabic

It’s high time, he drove car

 

 

Difference between
It’s and Its

Its- Used for denoting possession
It’s – Short version of It is

For example

Use of Its
The truck broke its window panes, due to strong winds
This house is slightly cost effective than its neighbours

The flag in my house is standing strongly in its poll, even after strong winds

 

Use of  It’s
It’s normal for people to move like this here

It’s going to be dark soon, so we should head back

It’s normal for people to sleep early here

 

 

 

 

Read : Top 3 mistakes English learners should never forget in 2018

 

Mistake No. 57

 

I am having two brothers and two sisters.(wrong)

I have two brothers and two sisters (correct)

 

Mistake No. 58

 

Our house is near to the lake (wrong)
Our house is near the lake (correct)

Never use “TO” with “NEAR”

For example,
I live near my friend

My pet is near me

I live near the countryside

 

 

 

Mistake No. 59

 

Does she has a cycle? (wrong)

Does she have a car? (correct)

The main verb “HAVE” denotes ownership

 

 

Mistake No. 60

I like very much baseball (wrong)
I like baseball very much (correct)

Always use “VERY MUCH” at the end of sentence

Other examples

He likes mangoes very much

They like the play very much

She likes mango very much

 

 

Mistake No. 61

 

“Today office is there?”   (wrong)

Say in the following manner:-

Is today a working day? (correct)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mistake 62

I will be going or I will be go?

In future Tenses, after “BE”, we always use (ing) in verb

He will be go to school tomorrow (Wrong)
They will be watch television later (Wrong)

I will be visit park tomorrow (wrong)
Correct sentences are as follows:-

He will be going to school tomorrow (Correct)
They will be watching television later (Correct)

I will be visiting park tomorrow (Correct)

 

 

Mistake 63

Watch or See?

We use “Watch”  when we are looking at something in an attentive manner

For example
We watch television (correct)
We look television (wrong)

I am watching the actions of a stranger for over a week now
He watches me whenever I try to speak in English

 

 

We use “See” where we get things on our way

For example
We see people sleep on pavements

I see children playing in the open

 

Mistake No. 64

Their or There?

There (used for a place)
Their (refers to something which is owned and related to group)

For example:-

I go there (place)
I am going to their house (House is owned by them)
He is going there (place)
He is going their office (Office is owned by them)

 

 

Mistake No. 65

Who vs. Which?

 

Who is used for a HUMAN BEING

WHICH is  used for an OBJECT

 

For example

Saddam is a nice human being who (not WHICH) loves helping people

He is the person who likes to eat ice-cream

 

He gave a book which (not WHO) is quite informative

I have an ice-cream which is quite tasty

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 66

Come or Return?

We often say that

We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

The correct form should be

We have returned from office or school (right)

The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

 

While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
For example, we can say

My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)

 

Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

Like

My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”

 

 

Mistake No. 67

I came to school by walking (wrong)

I came to school on foot. (correct)

 

 

 

Mistake No. 68

What is the time in your watch? (wrong)

What is the time by your watch? (correct)

 

 

Mistake No. 69

Gone or Went?

Most of you use “Went” in the following sentences:-
For example

She had ate the mango (wrong)

Or

She has went there  (Wrong)

Correct sentences will be
She has eaten the mango (correct)

She has gone there (Correct)

Tip to remember:-

We use the third form of verb with HELPING VERN SUCH AS HAS/HAVE/HAD
If there is any verb used with them, then it has to be the third form of verb

In the above case

    1. “Ate” is the “2nd” form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “EATEN”
    2. “Went” is the 2nd form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “GONE”

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 70

 

HAS / HAVE OR HAD?

Many of you think that if in any sentence “HAS” “HAVE” or “HAD” is used then, it will be a “Present Perfect Tense.
It is not like that.
For example,
I have a ball (No perfect sentence, it is infact Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense )
Why?

Because, there is no MAIN VERB is used.  “HAVE” in the above sentence is just a helping verb

Other examples of Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense are as follows:-

He has a pen

You have a ball
They have bags

He has a pencil

 

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 72

 

Mistake
Never make nouns plural with EVERY

For example

Every students (wrong)
Every pencils (wrong)

Correct are
Every student (correct)

Every pencil (correct)

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 73

 

 

Where I can find the washroom? (Wrong)
Where can I find the washroom? (Correct)

 

After “WHERE” helping verb will be used in the aforesaid INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

Similarly,

Where I can find your notes? (wrong)
Where can I find your notes? (correct)

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 74

 

Never Add “WHO’” with non-living things

For example

The book who you gave is quite informative (wrong)

The book which you gave is quite informative (correct)
Book is a non-living thing and we use WHICH instead of WHO

 

The pencil who you gave is lost (wrong)
The pencil which you gave is list (correct)

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 75

 

Few or Less?

Few is used with countable nouns

Less with uncountable nouns

For example:-

I met few people today (not less people)
He has given me less sugar where I can’t even prepare two cups of tea (Not few sugar)
He has given me few coins (not less)
We have less than an hour left  (not few)

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 76

Anyways (wrong)

Anyway (correct)

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 77

They need not to (wrong)

They don’t need to (correct)

Always, use helping verb after subject

Another example

He doesn’t need to eat heavy lunch at night

They don’t need to play games for an hour

 

Mistake No. 78

 

Write the names of fruits with ink (wrong)

Write the names of fruits  in ink (correct)

INK is always denoted with “IN”

In INK

 

 

 

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 79

 

There or Their?

I am going to there house to meet them (wrong)

I am going to their house to meet them (correct)

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 80

 

He is in call right now (wrong)

He is on call right now (correct)

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 81

 

My favourite match will be in television tonight (wrong)
My favourite match will be on television tonight (correct)

 

MISTAKE NO. 82

 

I was on work all day (wrong)
I was at work all day (correct)

Always say AT work

Where were you?

I was at work

 

 

Read : Don’t miss reading the post, if you want to pass interview  

 

MISTAKE NO. 83

 

Who or Whom?

I consulted the doctor who I met on train (wrong)

I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person ) (correct)

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 84

Where to use “accept” and “except”

Accept

I except your offer, since it looks quite attractive (Wrong)

I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive (correct)

They excepted my nature and pardoned me (wrong)
They accepted my nature and pardoned me  (correct)

 

Except

The barracks were open for all the jailers, accept one (wrong)
The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one (correct)

Accept for him, all his family members were happy (wrong)

Except for him, all his family members were happy (correct)

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 85

How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

I am happy (used as noun)

I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

 

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 86

How to write the same sentence in different ways :-

 

I am excitedly waiting to hear the good news of my son’s success in exam

I am waiting in excitement to get the pleasant news of my son’s success in exam

Other example

I am not surprised to know that U.S is going to send relief items to Iraq

The news of U.S sending relief items to Iraq doesn’t surprise me

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 87

 

“Than” is used for comparing things
For example
There are more jars than plates in your kitchen

“Then” is used for time related actions and events
For example:-
Come by 11 tonight, I will be at home by then

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 88

What time it is? (wrong)
What time is it ? (correct)

Always use the helping verb first in the Interrogative sentences

Other examples

What are you going to do after Class 12th?

What will happen to your old car?

 

 

Mistake No. 89

I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered to me (wrong)

I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered me (correct)

Always say

Answered me

 

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 90

One of my friend is a doctor (wrong)
One of my friends is a doctor (correct)

The noun will always be plural with ONE OF MY

Other examples

One of my pen

One of my books

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 91

Me or My

I want you to be me friend (wrong)

I want you to be my friend (correct)

 

MISTAKE NO. 92

12 :am or 12 : pm

12 is neither AM or PM

It is either 12 NOON or 12 midnight

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 93

 

Yours sincerely or Yours lovingly?

In Formal Letter, always say
Your sincerely or Your faithfully

 

While in Informal letters,

say

Yours lovingly

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 94

Call he (wrong)

Call him (correct)

Similarly,

Call them

Call her

Call us

Call me

Call you

 

 

Read : Want to pass interview? Read these tips 

MISTAKE NO. 95

 

Farther and Further?

“Farther” is used to denote a considerable distance

For example:-

His rocket landed farther down the road than mine

“Further” is used to denote an action which is ahead

For example
The fight between the two parties will lead to further damage

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 96

 

I wore a jeans (wrong)
I wore a pair of jeans (correct)
I wore jeans (correct)

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 97

Noun – Practice

The physician’s practice

Verb – Practise

How long have you been practising management?

 

 

 

MISTAKE NO. 98

 

The client has ordered for a wedding cake (wrong)

The client has ordered a wedding cake (correct)

 

Other examples:-
He has ordered a mobile online

The doctor has ordered a stethoscope

 

 

 

 

Mistake No. 99

 

More taller (wrong)
Taller (correct

He is more taller than you (wrong)
He is taller than you (correct)

 

 

Mistake No. 100

 

 

 

Mistake No. 101

 

 

Where to use
He – His – Him

I – my – me

We – Our – Us
You – Your – You

They – Their – Them

 

 

His- My – Our – Your – Their – will always be used before a noun
For example

His pen

My pen

Our Pen

Your Pen
Their Pen

Him- Me – Us – You – Them – will always be used alone (without a noun)

For example:-

They are going to meet him

They are going to meet me

They are going to meet us

They are going to meet you

They are going to meet them

 

Where to use “To” and “Than”, while comparing things

Asked by Pooja Bisht

Q. Where we use “To” and “Than” in sentences

There is a slight difference between “TO” and “THAN”, but when you understand right from basic, then it will be clear to you

Ans.

I prefer tea than coffee (wrong)
I prefer tea to coffee (correct)

Always use TO with PREFER

For example,

I prefer trouser to jeans

I prefer Nigeria to United States

We know that “TO” is a preposition which is used for “DIRECTIONS”.
Apart from that, “To’ is also used between two things when compared.

For example,

I like my pink dress to black dress

Here, “TO” is used

As there is a comparison between PINK and BLACK DRESS

So, when we are comparing these two dresses, we are using
“TO”

Another example,
I like MUMBAI to DUBAI

This is comparison between two cities.
And I am comparing them

In the same way, if there is comparison between two things, be it dresses, places or any thing, we are going to use “TO”

Another example,

I prefer Saturday to Sunday for enjoying my weekend
I prefer Mrs. Arpita Sharam for teaching English to Mrs. X

Now, let’s take a look of “THAN”

We have seen that “TO” is used while comparing things of similar nature.
For example, dresses, places or even eatables.
However, when things are of different nature, then we use “THAN”

For example,

I like to play than to sleep

Here, play and sleep are different.

So, we use “than”
.

Hope, it is clear to you now

Read: Where to use During and While in a sentence

Where should we use “YET” – Answer req. by Sanjib Sahoo

Sanjib Sahoo, a member of English Teacher group has requested about the situations where YET is used.

Following is the detailed explanation

Method -1

Yet is used as an adverb , conjunction, in place of “but” or “nevertheless”. It is also used on emphasising things or as  an additional idea. .

Situation – A

“Yet” is used at the end of sentences, in the following ways:-

It refers to the situation, where the event hasn’t happened. To describe easily, such sort of sentences, these are mainly those type of sentences, where we use
Hasn’t,
Haven’t

For ex.

  1. I haven’t, gone to office yet
  2. She hasn’t finishes her assignment yet
  3. They haven’t done their house-hold chores yet
  4. He hasn’t gave me a call back yet

Situation -B

Yet is also used in the middle of the sentence when the situation is not clear. Mainly m such type of sentences belong to formal conversations.
In such sentences, “yet” is often places after
Have
Are
Has

For ex.

  • The Education department has yet to determine, whether the allegations of cheating is true
  • The guests are yet to grace the occasion
  • The lucky winners are yet to be announced
  • He has yet to take precautions to save himself from seasonal flue

Situation – C

Yet is also used in those sentences, where certain type of event or situation is ongoing.
It primarily means, that you are telling others, that you are still in the middle of the action and it will take time for the situation to end in near future.
For ex.

  • I have a lot more work yet (Here, you are basically implying, that you are in the middle of the work and that it will be finished, in due course of time.
  • There is a lot more time yet for the dates to be finalised

 

Method – 2

Situation- A

Yet is used highlighting the negative aspect
For ex.

  • Yet another herculean task to finish homework in such a less time
  • Yet another challenging path to cover in dark
  • Yet another dubious role of a man who is changing the statements at frequent intervals

 

Situation- B

 

Yet is also used for emphasising something.

  • The doctors gave her yet another injection after examining high blood pressure
  • The driver applied brakes yet again and avoided timely accident
  • My parents gave me yet another gift on account of scoring high percentage

 

Situation- C

 

Place YET at the end of sentence, denoting the level of enthusiasm

  • The documentary was the best one yet
  • That was the cutest performance from the child yet
  • It was an electrifying show and the best one yet

 

YET is used as a conjunction

Use, YET in a sentence in place of BUT, as it tends to give a certain distinctive and specific tone.
Place a comma before yet

  • He is an engineer, yet he is teaching English in school
  • The marriage hall is very expensive,yet it is not worth the money
  • She goes to gym daily, yet she is not losing weight

 

“YET” is used to “add-on” a sentence signifying the subject which may be contradictory

  • For ex.
    The new house owners, complained of loud music, yet they themselves play every night
  • They don’t want to shift to new city, yet accepted the invitation
  • He doesn’t like to play cricket, yet talk about it for hours

Use of LET, Ans req by Sahil Ansari

Sahil Ansari, a member of English Teacher group has asked me about the use of “Let”

So, I have explained through the following post

 

 

Let – It means ALLOW OR PERMIT OR GIVE PERMISSION

FOR EX.

Let him come
Let us play
Let him eat
Let her sleep
Let them study

The basic rule of creating a sentence with Let is

Let + object pronoun+ verb+ sentence

What are object pronouns?

Well, they are the following

me, you, him, her, it, them, us

Hence, it is important to say that you can’t say

let I say (wrong)
Let me say (correct)

Let they finish dinner (wrong)
Let them finish dinner (correct)

 

Accept and Except
Accept – To receive
Except – Exclude
Confusion starts, as both of them looks quite similar , but have totally different meaning

 

Sentences with ACCEPT

Let’s help you in creating sentences so that you can actually their individual meaning
I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive
They accepted my nature and pardoned me
He will accept me, as I have told the truth
The management accepted my letter of apology, as a letter my respect for them has increased further
The cops didn’t accept the fact that the man stole the valuables

 

 

Where should we use “YET” – Answer req. by Sanjib Sahoo

Sanjib Sahoo, a member of English Teacher group has requested about the situations where YET is used.

Following is the detailed explanation

Method -1

Yet is used as an adverb , conjunction, in place of “but” or “nevertheless”. It is also used on emphasising things or as  an additional idea. .

Situation – A

“Yet” is used at the end of sentences, in the following ways:-

It refers to the situation, where the event hasn’t happened. To describe easily, such sort of sentences, these are mainly those type of sentences, where we use
Hasn’t,
Haven’t

For ex.

  1. I haven’t, gone to office yet
  2. She hasn’t finishes her assignment yet
  3. They haven’t done their house-hold chores yet
  4. He hasn’t gave me a call back yet

Situation -B

Yet is also used in the middle of the sentence when the situation is not clear. Mainly m such type of sentences belong to formal conversations.
In such sentences, “yet” is often places after
Have
Are
Has

For ex.

  • The Education department has yet to determine, whether the allegations of cheating is true
  • The guests are yet to grace the occasion
  • The lucky winners are yet to be announced
  • He has yet to take precautions to save himself from seasonal flue

Situation – C

Yet is also used in those sentences, where certain type of event or situation is ongoing.
It primarily means, that you are telling others, that you are still in the middle of the action and it will take time for the situation to end in near future.
For ex.

  • I have a lot more work yet (Here, you are basically implying, that you are in the middle of the work and that it will be finished, in due course of time.
  • There is a lot more time yet for the dates to be finalised

 

Method – 2

Situation- A

Yet is used highlighting the negative aspect
For ex.

  • Yet another herculean task to finish homework in such a less time
  • Yet another challenging path to cover in dark
  • Yet another dubious role of a man who is changing the statements at frequent intervals

 

Situation- B

 

Yet is also used for emphasising something.

  • The doctors gave her yet another injection after examining high blood pressure
  • The driver applied brakes yet again and avoided timely accident
  • My parents gave me yet another gift on account of scoring high percentage

 

Situation- C

 

Place YET at the end of sentence, denoting the level of enthusiasm

  • The documentary was the best one yet
  • That was the cutest performance from the child yet
  • It was an electrifying show and the best one yet

 

YET is used as a conjunction

Use, YET in a sentence in place of BUT, as it tends to give a certain distinctive and specific tone.
Place a comma before yet

  • He is an engineer, yet he is teaching English in school
  • The marriage hall is very expensive,yet it is not worth the money
  • She goes to gym daily, yet she is not losing weight

 

“YET” is used to “add-on” a sentence signifying the subject which may be contradictory

  • For ex.
    The new house owners, complained of loud music, yet they themselves play every night
  • They don’t want to shift to new city, yet accepted the invitation
  • He doesn’t like to play cricket, yet talk about it for hours

 

 

 

In English, we would have often use the word “Come” and “return” and all of us know their meaning as well. However, when it comes to their proper usage of words, we often make the most prominent mistake.

For example,

We often say that

We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

The correct form should be

We have returned from office or school (right)

The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
For example, we can say

My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)

Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

Like

My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”

 

 

Let’s take a look at the other mistakes which I realised after going through English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

We often compliment something or the other if we felt good. However, rarely do we use the most importance word during such times,

Apart from these, one of the other things which you need to start preparing yourself is about Active and Passive Voice

 

 

For example

The lion killed the deer (Active Voice)

The deer was killed by the lion (Passive Voice)

My experience

One of my other experiences which I am sharing in the post relates to the time when I was in class Third standard. I still remember that the teacher asked me about my hobbies and I said “Computer”. She corrected me by saying that it should be

“I love playing on computer”

or

 

“I love working on computer”

Similarly, those who love music, when being asked about their hobbies, they should say that they “love listening music”.

Same goes with other hobbies as well.

I am going to further furnish more knowledgeable posts, which will make your journey of writing as well as speaking English easy like never before.

In all the earlier posts, I have been trying my level best to tell you intricacies as well in order to help you further.

Grammar is regarded to be the backbone without which you possibly can’t polish the English skills. Hence, make sure that you are well versed with the tenses.

These are few of the most common mistakes which we do. I am going to tell you more in other posts.

  • Due to the rampant use of internet, do take out time to read online newspapers in English since it will give you enough boost.
  • How can you forget to go through the posts of renowned bloggers? This is another sure cut exercise by which you will become more confident in your approach.

It is not possible for me to explain each and every tense, and  the best thing is that you can easily check the concepts here

English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

 

which help you get a grasp of both written and spoken English, like never before. It will indeed assist you for sure, as I have myself checked the same. What more do you want, when it is reasonably priced as well.

 

Also practise saying the same thing in other way, as it helps you to increase your vocabulary

63 (and counting) ways to begin the sentence with “I love it when”

I am writing the following sentences to start with the word

“I love it when”

    1. he shows respect towards me
    2. everybody listens to me
    3. there are no haters
    4. poor are fed infront of my eyes
    5. everyone is nice to me
    6. you show care to me
    7. there is a transparent procedure maintained in recruitment by the concerned departments
    8. they don’t make fun of me
    9. you start talking to me
    10. my mother cooks delicious food

 

  1. they have their best strategies to plan for my upcoming holiday session
  2. you have every beautiful thing to say to me
  3. they have stopped backbiting
  4. my children kiss me
  5. my father gives pocket money everyday
  6. poor are fed by rich
  7. you are the one who understands me
  8. my hubby calls me every evening
  9. my wife cooks my favorite dish
  10. my parents bestow love and affection to me
  • they give scant regard to the allegations of others
  • the whole world thinks me to be a sweet person
  • my exams are delayed for another week
  • the incessant rains declare school holiday
  • I get the prize of my hardwork
  • my hubby stands with me, no matter what
  • people recognize my skills
  • I get my share of success through increment
  • There is no bitter news about the suferings in the world on anyday
  • she is the one to call me first on my birthday
  1. I get the instant message from my wife who is out in her hometown
  2. my parents easily agree to my demand
  3. I have my favorite chocolate
  4. Nobody interuppts me from plying my favorite game
  5. My friends respect me truly as they believe me
  6. The whole words seems to be beautiful with all the nicest people
  7. There is no poverty or hatred left in the world
  8. I have been the obvious choice for my parents to go to picnic
  9. No body has anything to say bad behind my back
  10. Promises are kept
  1. People around the globe live a happy life
  2. Everyone is simply so sweet to me
  3. People praise me behind their back
  4. Victims get the justice
  5. Accuse get behind the bars
  6. Concerned authorities do their job by hearing the concerns of victims
  7. People may not be rich, but they have big heart and are equally ready to help others
  8. Everyone is ready to learn from their mistakes
  9. Seniors love their juniors while they get respect in return too
  10. The world greets everybody on the account of festivals
    1. Different religions co-exist
    2. People may be rich, but they still have big heart where they show their concern for downtrodden
    3. The examples of humanity enforce the fact that the world is still beautiful
    4. The crime has fallen to an all time low
    5. I watch comedy shows as this is my hobby
    6. People distribute water in a hot summer day
    7. Auto drivers return the lost baggage of their clients
    8. I attend marriage parties of my friends
    9. My parents are happy
    10. My friends give moral support to me especially when I am down

 

Read : 50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

  1. People run to help elders on road
  2. Justice is not actually delayed
  3. We as people give birth to a safe and secured society

50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

One of my readers asked the ways to use the word “it”

So, it necessitates me to write the following post in order to help you guys understand, the correct method “it” is actually used in English grammar

The word “it” is just a means to start a sentence.

There are other following sentences starting with the word “it”

  1. It may rain today
  2. It is hot
  3. It will be very windy in few minutes
  4. It is a good scripture
  5. It will look good on you
  6. It is going to create history
  7. It will bring a revolution
  8. It may harm you
  9. It is cold outside
  10. It may bring a certain level of discomfort

Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too

  1. It will indeed going to make everyone embarrassed
  2. It is the best advice which I have possibly got in years
  3. It will certainly be the best time of my life
  4. It will bring two countries closer
  5. It is going to be the best time of my life
  6. It may bring my friend think twice
  7. It will never rain during this time of the year
  8. It is going to be the worst moment of the history
  9. It may bring enough cheers to the people who were expecting celebration of sorts
  10. It will indeed be the best way to lead a life of happiness

Read : How to polish English skills – Second Post

 

  1. It may never feel that way, but it actually shows
  2. It will certainly be etched in my memory forever
  3. It will be necessary for me to shout at you now
  4. It is going to be possibly the best time of my life
  5. It will indeed be etched in the memory forever
  6. It is going to have its repurcussions for people
  7. It may look wrong, but it is actually right
  8. It should look awkward considering so many decorative materials attached to it
  9. It is going to be the worst dress which you will wear
  10. It will infact make you famous for all the wrong reasons

Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too?

 

  1. It shouldn’t come as a surprise, but you are the best person, I have come across with
  2. It will be quite a serene atmosphere considering that the storm has just passed by
  3. It will truly be the most coveted moment considering I have my family with me
  4. It may look pleasant to the ears of others, but not mine
  5. It will be a showpiece which history will remember for all the wrong reasons
  6. It is going to be the best way to take revenge from this man, who has no ettiquettes
  7. It will be the best thing you could have done for his kind deeds
  8. It is one life, so you can either live it to the fullest or destroy it by indulging in immoral activities
  9. It is going to be the classic show, as the actors from different countries of the world are taking part
  10. It may be the best way to counter his allegations, but I am certainly not interested

Read : How I polished my English Skills- Forth post

 

  1. It will be quite a historical moment, considering two nations coming together for an amicable solution to the long pending issue
  2. It is right on your part
  3. It has been said multiple times, but still he doesn’t seem to understand
  4. It is going to be the best phase for him considering the fact that he has just been released from the prison to start the life afresh
  5. It will look good on him provided he mends his way and develops respect for his elders
  6. It should only be useful, if you know how you can better make use of this machine
  7. It shouldn’t bother you, as you have got all the paper work authenticating your honesty
  8. It will be the best moment, which you should consider as you are already free from all the charges
  9. It will be the most awesome moment as he has just won the long pending case today
  10. It will create moments of history for his family who has the credit of travelling to different places of the world in style.

Read : How I polished my English skills – Fifth post

 

  1. It isn’t the place which I have visited last time
  2. It is fine, but I need more choices to make my decision
  3. It can create a certain level of confusion for the visiting delegates
  4. It should be what people actually desire and wish for
  5. It will be morally correct, but again not everyone will be ready to agree on this

I would have highly recommend you to purchase the following English Grammar Book, if you are really serious towards polishing your written and oral English

As you purchase the book, you will know the real difference it makes for someone who has great hunger to improve English, but wasn’t able to, uptill now. The book will open thousands of morale boosting, simple and easy techniques right from basics to help you improve your English. Being a reasonably priced one, you can surely expect HAPPY TIMES ahead as well.

 

 

Sentences with Except

 

I took every medicine recommended except this one, but now I realise that I should have taken before.
Except today all the days were cloudy this week
All my friends were going to zoo, except me
The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one
Except for him, all his family members were happy
Except this year, I got promotion everyyear

Read : 15 English grammar mistakes you are making in 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We also unknowingly make the following mistakes and we don’t realise, so it is important to know them in detail as well:-

The food is good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with FOOD)

The food is tasty, sumptuous, mouthwatering or delicious (You can use any one amongst these four for food)

We shouldn’t say

The match was good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with Match)

The correct form is

The match was interesting, electrifying etc.

Similarly, if we want to compliment any girl, we use “beautiful” while for boys we use “handsome”.

These are some of small things which matters a lot in the long run and I came to know through the book

Hence, besides learning the new word, you will equally know the way to use it in your sentence (I have told you in the above example)

 

 

If you know English, you will be confident, cheerful and happy. You will have a positive attitude towards life. Yes, likewise, your chance to pass the Interview sessions is much more, than otherwise. It is equally important for you to thoroughly prepare for yourself before attending the interview session. Likewise, based on the nature of questions, first and the foremost, which you will eventually be asked is

Tell me about yourself.  I have given a detailed answer – Check here 

 

If you want to apply for a job, you will naturally want to know, if there is a certain job available, so I am writing the following letter, to help you know and understand:-

How to write a letter to the company, enquiring if there is a job available:-

 

X (name of company)                                                        Your name
Address                                                                                 Address
City                                                                                         Date

Subject (Enquiring about the vacancy in your esteemed company)

Sir/Ma’am,

This is X (your full name). I am a graduate (your qualification) and your year of pass-out

For example,

This is Adil Khan and I am a post graduate. I have done MBA from Galgotia University in marketing in 2016.

(Change the para)

(Now write about why you are writing the letter and how you have performed)

This letter is with regards to enquiring about any vacancy with regards to my caliber. My performance has been impeccable as I have passed my P.G with 95 percentile.

As an extrovert, I always find it passionate while gelling with people and my specific reason for choosing marketing (subject) was based on the same too. Considering your reputed company, I am sure there are regular vacancies which do come up time and again.

 

(Why do you think you are fit for the job?)

My years of experience and oozing confidence and my in-depth- talent will prove to be an asset to the company.  It will be my honor and privilege to get a chance as I will love to work under the able- guidance of experienced and dedicated faculty to gain necessary experience required for taking your esteemed company to heights.

Thanking you,

Yours faithfully,

Adil Khan

(Your qualification)

(Your number)

Address

(Your signature)

I am sure, many of you would be going to attend the interview. But, do you know that your social media profile will be minutely looked by your potential recruiters?

Yes, this is where I have written a post for you where I am telling you 5 ways to improve your social media profile before you apply for a job

5 ways to clean your social media image before you apply for a job

ima

 

Do you know that your unprofessional social media profile can actually finish your job prospect?

Do you know that potential recruiters secretly search for your actual “self” before they actually hire you in their reputed companies?

Yes, as a professional recruiter myself, I have to admit the same.

Don’t wait and read the below post:-

Every year, millions of students pass from their respective colleges and there goes the hunt for getting the most suited job according to their qualifications. However, in the process little do they realize about their social media profile which can become the base for their recruiters to get a hold of the different personality, beyond the boundaries of their resume. Hence, it is going to act as a death knell even before you were supposed to make a priceless first impression. Even, if you are already placed in the job, it wont make much of a difference for the recruiters to “fire you”. Since, there are companies who are on the look out for the slightest excuse so that they can eliminate you and this practice of yours can become the perfect base for them to even sue you as well. Since, social media sites such as Facebook, has become quite a prominent medium to be searched online, your identity can easily be revealed by your professional recruiters while doing home-work. Therefore, it is important for me to tell you about Things Your Business Should Never Do On FaceBook

Even if you a drinker, yet you do not want you employers to find out the same. Isn’t it? Therefore, make no mistake of posting such pictures. Hence, review your profile pictures along with the tagged photos to be at a safer side. If you have a clean image online, you will be regarded as a professional and believe it or not, that even your Weaknesses can actually land you a  job. Here’s how 

ENHANCE YOUR PUBLIC PROFILE BY POSTING A PROFESSIONAL PICTURE

Never like “questionable content” or else be ready to get embarrassed or even worse that it becomes the base for your employer to reject you. The smart way is to “like” the pages which are related with the position which you are applying for. Your public profile should speak volumes about your personality and it should be of a fun loving guy as well. Since, you want to be perceived in the same fashion as well.

 

DON’T SHOW YOUR NEGATIVITY ONLINE

You cannot afford to air your negative things on social media sites. After all, your HR or your boss is going to find out the same. Hence, it is better to avoid showing your temperament and attitude. Therefore, do not indulge in backbiting or else it will act as a death knell for you. Yes, as you are going to enter a professional arena, where your skills count. So, always market yourself in the most professionalised manner. Likewise, you should also be prepared for the answer –Why should we hire you – asked by the interviewer

 

ACCEPT THE FRIEND REQUEST OF YOUR BOSS

It is not advisable to maintain relations with the boss outside the Facebook, however,  you do not have any other option if your boss sends friend request to you. Therefore, you have to be over cautious with the dealings which you do in future in terms of the comments which you post. Remember, your profile isn’t secret anymore. Other than that, regrets are a part of human beings and believe it or not, while in the interview room, you will be asked What is your biggest regret and why? – Here’s the detailed answer

DON’T STIR UP CONTROVERSY

It is better to keep yourself away from commenting on social as well as religious beliefs on Facebook and Twitter. Since, these sorts of posts can actually backfire you. The HR department will not think twice towards terminating you.

Read : The big business of Facebook likes – Every thing you want to know about them

Hence, while reading the aforesaid article, you can help yourself towards ensuring a clean image online. Therefore, from now on, you can effectively balance your social media as well as professional life in a highly sophisticated way. Life is all about enjoying to the fullest. Therefore, arm yourself with such valuable information and enjoy like never before as well. After all, even an appropriate interest or party photo is enough towards making you jobless once and for all. If you thought, that just by enabling privacy settings in your social media site, things are going to be smooth for you, think again. Since, your Facebook profile does not just represent yourself, it has the big world beyond you tooTherefore, you need to be at your best in front of every one, as it is the others who help towards creating your online image. Isn’t it?

Do you know recommendations count a lot while searching for a job?

Yes, it does as it gives lots of weightage and can seemingly help you get much needed position which you deserve. After all, your previous recruiter, may help you share your past experience skills and capabilities to your current recruiter.

Well, it is here that you should read the following post

How to write a good letter of recommendation 

 

How to polish your English third post

Highly recommended book
Buy only, if you are really serious to purchase.

As a 11 years experienced Teacher, I want to say that I normally don’t recommend any book, but then this book will MAKE THE PLEASANT DIFFERENCE WITH YOUR ENGLISH GRAMMAR




Hi Everyone,

This is your English Ma’am who is going to reveal those secrets towards improving English which you wouldn’t have heard anywhere uptill now.

Yes, hold tight , as the following long and researched post will give you a new easy way to improve English by removing the perception that English is boring or difficult to learn.

Yes, after the end of the post, you will know, it is so easy to learn and improve, based on the proper guidance.

Yes, as a 10 years experienced English Teacher, I am going to reveal the easiest ways.

Before, proceeding further, let me ask you few things.




Do you know that just by taking out 15 minutes from your schedule, you can actually help you get a sense of how to move forward with regards to improving your English?

Are you very serious to improve your English now?

Aren’t you getting a high-paying job just because you don’t know English well?

If yes, has been the answer to all the queries above, then you are at the right place.

Now, take out atleast 15 minutes to read the following post about how you can actually start to speak and write in English and pass banking exam successfully

Yes, by the time, you will read the post, your basics will be clear to a great extent, provided that you show seriousness.

English is important in any field. So, if you are the masters in it, then potentially you can reach the zenith earlier, as compared to others. Therefore, it is important to polish skills.

In the following article, I am sharing my experiences of how I mastered over this language in a full fledged way along with giving easy and practical steps which will help English Learners massively.




My passion for enhancing English skills grew from my childhood days as I was in early years of my schooling. Till I was in class 6th, my English was not even upto the mark then. I used to get punishment from teachers as well as parents for failing to get requisite marks in any subject and English was not an exception.

Although, I was able to understand to what others used to speak, yet I couldn’t communicate with them in English and I believe that most of us face such predicament. Isn’t it?

You might not believe that it was the reality that I used to bring all the English dailies in the morning such as “Times of India”, “Hindustan Times”, “Pioneer” for polishing my English. Of all the newspapers, what I found in “Pioneer” was that, it offers comparably easy use of words. Therefore, initially, I would recommend this newspaper for those who want to learn skills of English. Because, when I say easy use of words, I mean as compared to other English dailies.

However, soon I got counseling from one of my uncles who equally happened to be a HOD in a University. He is a really nice man. I must say. He gave me enough reasons to polish my English, since all other subjects are primarily based on English as well and later on even a high paying professional life is based on good grasp of English language. So, if I will improve my English, I can equally be able to have a better control over other subjects too which can equally help me get the job of my dream. That was the day which proved to be a change for me.

 

He suggested me to purchase the following book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

 

I am telling from my own personal experience that the difference which I found with the book has been awesome and due to polishing my English further, I got confidence and enrolled myself for a mass communication course in Lucknow University after passing with high grades in 10+2 and soon started working for a newspaper namely Hindustan Times. You can also check out my published article down below (with my name)

The best professionally viable difference was that I continue to get my articles published. You can check my other post published in Hindustan Times below

Years before, the book was doing its work. Yes, you guessed it right that it started to help me know the most impeccable English right from basics. Yes, it was something which I couldn’t even think of otherwise. I started getting my concept clear with perfection. Yes, there wasn’t even an iota of doubt or confusion now. It has been years, still I know what I had learnt way back then and all of those awesome concepts and basic understanding is still fresh in my mind.

For example, I came to know many of the following things:-

How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say




I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

I am happy (used as noun)

I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

I can’t go in detail about whole grammar in the post though. But you can surely help yourself by purchasing the book English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

 

The book was an eye opener for me and along with the same, I equally thanked my Uncle and persuaded him to continue to give guidance side-by-side and he obliged. My passion started growing when I started seeing the pleasant change.

When I used to read the English Grammar book, I made it a point of writing the words which I did not know the meaning of. That gave me enough reasons to strengthen my vocabulary as well. How can I miss watching English news channels? As I said that it became my passion, so I used to get enjoyment by watching news channels and I equally used to closely monitor the way certain words were pronounced. Since, that’s equally matter as well.




I made it a point to listen news by keeping “pen” and “piece of paper” handy, in order to jot down the difficult words. Although, considering flawless and speedy way the anchors speak English, I couldn’t get a grasp of certain words, yet that was only short lived, since I started getting familiar with the words.

How English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

continue to skyrocket my career . Let’s find out more :-

My uncle was equally upbeat since I used to make use of new words. He also advised me to stand in front of mirror in order to communicate with yourself by looking at your eyes. This was equally another pleasant change which I experienced. This exercise is a must, if you want to enhance your confidence. As you speak in such a fashion, it gives you enough boost towards working on your aim.

Months passed by and soon even my classmates started getting the feel of how passionate I am towards English. If they come across with any word in any subject, they used to ask me and thankfully I have the answer to most of them.




The kind of passion which I had for English can be gauged from the fact that I used to score the highest marks in English. Interestingly, when the teacher used to speak out marks of the subject, all the heads used to roll towards me in bewilderment.

The benefits which English had in my schooling days:-

  • Earlier, it became extremely difficult for me to mug up long answers, since my English was not even up to the mark. It was so poor that I couldn’t even comprehend as to what was written. Therefore, in the event when I forgot certain words, my whole answer becomes meanigless.
  • However, later on I started learning the whole essence and I was in a position to write answers in my own words, thus impressing my teacher as well.

For those who want to sharpen their English, there are list of things which one should follow (I am telling from my own experience)




  • Get English newspaper namely “Pioneer” and the paper can long last through a week. Since, you can’t read more than once side of a paper daily. Write down the meaning of the difficult words which you come across by goggling or referring dictionary what ever eases you.
  • Purchase the English Grammar book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 
  • Make a habit of taking out time from 8:45 till 9:15 at night and listen to AIR (National Radio). You know why I am saying is that they air Hindi news in the first half and exactly English version of the same in the second half. It will help you too, like the way it helped me.
  • Communicate yourself in front of mirror
  • Listen to English news channels and have pen and paper ready to write down the English words.

To the best of my knowledge, that sums up my entire experience towards sharpening my skills.

Try to learn one new word on daily basis and most importantly introspect like the way it is used in the sentence.

The irony is, most of us only emphasize on the need to learn a new word, but I am telling from my own experience that it is equally important to refer dictionary and closely look at the way the specific word is used in the sentence.

After all, English is all about learning the intricacies. One of the most common mistakes which people commit while making the use of “older” and “elder”

Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,




  • He is older to me (correct)
  • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

Now, I am explaining to you.

We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”

I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

  • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
  • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

For example,

I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations

We usually say,

I have given the examination (wrong)

We should say

I have taken the exam (right)

Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?

 




We also unknowingly make the following mistakes and we don’t realise, so it is important to know them in detail as well:-

The food is good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with FOOD)

The food is tasty, sumptuous, mouthwatering or delicious (You can use any one amongst these four for food)

We shouldn’t say

The match was good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with Match)

The correct form is

The match was interesting, electrifying etc.

Similarly, if we want to compliment any girl, we use “beautiful” while for boys we use “handsome”.

These are some of small things which matters a lot in the long run and I came to know through the book

Hence, besides learning the new word, you will equally know the way to use it in your sentence (I have told you in the above example)




 

It is important to learn synonymous (words which hold the same meaning). You know why I am saying this is while writing content, you shouldn’t use the same word again and again since it will distract your readers and they will not come again to read it.

Now,

For example while writing content if I have to use the word “sad” again and again, I will rather not repeat it. Since, I know there are so many words which I can use in its place.

For example,

  1. I am sad

It can be done written in another way such as

  1. I am depressed
  2. I am feeling low
  3. I am a bit disturbed
  4. I am not feeling good

I am giving another example which will equally help you understand in a better way as well:-

I hate lazy people

It can be done written in another way such as




  • I don’t like people who are lazy
  • I don’t like people who don’t do any thing

There are so many ways I can compensate this word while expressing my state of mind to the readers. Hence, readers can equally maintain their interest.

I can convey my expressions in various words without facing any sort of problem in the process.

I am again emphasizing on the basic fact that I just made it a point towards thoroughly studying the grammar book along with reading newspapers and making sure that I grasp new words. Again I am emphasizing over the fact that I am extremely careful while using different words.

I grew in an English medium background and I always had tremendous interest towards learning as well as polishing skills. Studying in an English medium background has its fair share of challenges as well since every one in the school expected me to have great hold of English and to be at par with their acceptations was something which I have to do any how.




Have a look at my experiences

In order to help you further, I need to share my additional experiences as well, after all they matter a lot towards helping you to overcome them

The problem which I faced while sharpening my English skills- Earlier 

I wasn’t getting a proper environment where I can talk with my friends of family members. Although, I tried talking to them, yet most of them were not supportive. Honestly speaking, I couldn’t blame them as well, since they neither had much grasp about the language, nor they had any interest in the same as well. In return, I had to face lots of sarcasm from them as they said that I am trying to become an English man and similar such sorts of comments.

There was a phase when I used to feel that all my hard-work is going down the drain. I made full use of my holidays as well as free time by writing letters as well as essays on daily basis after getting guidance from English grammar book. Apart from that, I also used to watch English news channels.

So, my main motive to write the post is that if you feel that you are not getting due share of your hard work, don’t worry, you will eventually get provided that you stick doing to what I have told you in my earlier posts.




  1. The thing which I will suggest you is to be habitual of watching English news channels on daily basis. If you are in the learning phase, it is important for you to come across with new words so that you can memorize them. Hence, there is a very little chance that they (words) will slip from your mind (owing to the fact that you will be in full practice)
  2. However, I devised another innovative trick which I missed mentioning earlier and that was to do the cricket commentary by muting the television. After all, every one of us love cricket to the core and why not to comment by muting it off. This will further make your journey of sharpening your skills a lot easy like never before. Since, the more you speak yourself, the better it is going to be for you towards enhancing the powers.

English has seen few changes in the process as well. For example,

  1. In my earlier days, I have been grown up learning that, with pronouns such as “I” and “We”, we are supposed to use the helping word “Shall” and for other pronouns in the form of “He”, “She”, “It”, “We” and They”, we will use “Will”. However, that hasn’t been the case now. Since, with any pronouns we only use “Will”. For example,

I will go there.

He will return from there.

If you want to know more of such tricky and awesome English grammar uses, then purchase the below book




    English is regarded to be a funny language and if the learning phase is devoid of fun and frolic, then you possibly won’t enjoy much. On the same lines, there is a word namely “Gay” which was primarily used for “Happiness”. I still remember that I have used this word so many times primarily to express my state of mind by saying, that I am gay. However, with the passage of time, it’s another meaning possibly held a far greater significance and if today, I will use this word again, then in all probability, others will be confused and surprised regarding my gender as well. Isn’t it?

In English, we would have often use the word “Come” and “return” and all of us know their meaning as well. However, when it comes to their proper usage of words, we often make the most prominent mistake.

For example,

We often say that

We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

The correct form should be

We have returned from office or school (right)

The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
For example, we can say

My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)

Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

Like

My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”

 




Let’s take a look at the other mistakes which I realised after going through English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

We often compliment something or the other if we felt good. However, rarely do we use the most importance word during such times,

Apart from these, one of the other things which you need to start preparing yourself is about Active and Passive Voice




 

For example

The lion killed the deer (Active Voice)

The deer was killed by the lion (Passive Voice)

As a blogger cum writer, if you are told to re-write a certain paragraph, then you can easily make the best use of this knowledge.

My experience

One of my other experiences which I am sharing in the post relates to the time when I was in class Third standard. I still remember that the teacher asked me about my hobbies and I said “Computer”. She corrected me by saying that it should be

“I love playing on computer”

or




“I love working on computer”

Similarly, those who love music, when being asked about their hobbies, they should say that they “love listening music”.

Same goes with other hobbies as well.

I am going to further furnish more knowledgeable posts, which will make your journey of writing as well as speaking English easy like never before.

In all the earlier posts, I have been trying my level best to tell you intricacies as well in order to help you further.

Grammar is regarded to be the backbone without which you possibly can’t polish the English skills. Hence, make sure that you are well versed with the tenses.

These are few of the most common mistakes which we do. I am going to tell you more in other posts.

  • Due to the rampant use of internet, do take out time to read online newspapers in English since it will give you enough boost.
  • How can you forget to go through the posts of renowned bloggers? This is another sure cut exercise by which you will become more confident in your approach.

It is not possible for me to explain each and every tense, and  the best thing is that you can easily check the concepts here

English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 




which help you get a grasp of both written and spoken English, like never before. It will indeed assist you for sure, as I have myself checked the same. What more do you want, when it is reasonably priced as well.
Also practise saying the same thing in other way, as it helps you to increase your vocabulary

63 (and counting) ways to begin the sentence with “I love it when”

I am writing the following sentences to start with the word

“I love it when”

  1. he shows respect towards me
  2. everybody listens to me
  3. there are no haters
  4. poor are fed infront of my eyes
  5. everyone is nice to me
  6. you show care to me
  7. there is a transparent procedure maintained in recruitment by the concerned departments
  8. they don’t make fun of me
  9. you start talking to me
  10. my mother cooks delicious food



  1. they have their best strategies to plan for my upcoming holiday session
  2. you have every beautiful thing to say to me
  3. they have stopped backbiting
  4. my children kiss me
  5. my father gives pocket money everyday
  6. poor are fed by rich
  7. you are the one who understands me
  8. my hubby calls me every evening
  9. my wife cooks my favorite dish
  10. my parents bestow love and affection to me
  • they give scant regard to the allegations of others
  • the whole world thinks me to be a sweet person
  • my exams are delayed for another week
  • the incessant rains declare school holiday
  • I get the prize of my hardwork
  • my hubby stands with me, no matter what
  • people recognize my skills
  • I get my share of success through increment
  • There is no bitter news about the suferings in the world on anyday
  • she is the one to call me first on my birthday
    1. I get the instant message from my wife who is out in her hometown
    2. my parents easily agree to my demand
    3. I have my favorite chocolate
    4. Nobody interuppts me from plying my favorite game
    5. My friends respect me truly as they believe me
    6. The whole words seems to be beautiful with all the nicest people
    7. There is no poverty or hatred left in the world
    8. I have been the obvious choice for my parents to go to picnic
    9. No body has anything to say bad behind my back
    10. Promises are kept
    1. People around the globe live a happy life
    2. Everyone is simply so sweet to me
    3. People praise me behind their back
    4. Victims get the justice
    5. Accuse get behind the bars
    6. Concerned authorities do their job by hearing the concerns of victims
    7. People may not be rich, but they have big heart and are equally ready to help others
    8. Everyone is ready to learn from their mistakes
    9. Seniors love their juniors while they get respect in return too
    10. The world greets everybody on the account of festivals
    1. Different religions co-exist
    2. People may be rich, but they still have big heart where they show their concern for downtrodden
    3. The examples of humanity enforce the fact that the world is still beautiful
    4. The crime has fallen to an all time low
    5. I watch comedy shows as this is my hobby
    6. People distribute water in a hot summer day
    7. Auto drivers return the lost baggage of their clients
    8. I attend marriage parties of my friends
    9. My parents are happy
    10. My friends give moral support to me especially when I am down



    Read : 50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    1. People run to help elders on road
    2. Justice is not actually delayed
    3. We as people give birth to a safe and secured society

    50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    One of my readers asked the ways to use the word “it”

    So, it necessitates me to write the following post in order to help you guys understand, the correct method “it” is actually used in English grammar

    The word “it” is just a means to start a sentence.

    There are other following sentences starting with the word “it”

    1. It may rain today
    2. It is hot
    3. It will be very windy in few minutes
    4. It is a good scripture
    5. It will look good on you
    6. It is going to create history
    7. It will bring a revolution
    8. It may harm you
    9. It is cold outside
    10. It may bring a certain level of discomfort

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too

    1. It will indeed going to make everyone embarrassed
    2. It is the best advice which I have possibly got in years
    3. It will certainly be the best time of my life
    4. It will bring two countries closer
    5. It is going to be the best time of my life
    6. It may bring my friend think twice
    7. It will never rain during this time of the year
    8. It is going to be the worst moment of the history
    9. It may bring enough cheers to the people who were expecting celebration of sorts
    10. It will indeed be the best way to lead a life of happiness

    Read : How to polish English skills – Second Post




    1. It may never feel that way, but it actually shows
    2. It will certainly be etched in my memory forever
    3. It will be necessary for me to shout at you now
    4. It is going to be possibly the best time of my life
    5. It will indeed be etched in the memory forever
    6. It is going to have its repurcussions for people
    7. It may look wrong, but it is actually right
    8. It should look awkward considering so many decorative materials attached to it
    9. It is going to be the worst dress which you will wear
    10. It will infact make you famous for all the wrong reasons

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too?




    1. It shouldn’t come as a surprise, but you are the best person, I have come across with
    2. It will be quite a serene atmosphere considering that the storm has just passed by
    3. It will truly be the most coveted moment considering I have my family with me
    4. It may look pleasant to the ears of others, but not mine
    5. It will be a showpiece which history will remember for all the wrong reasons
    6. It is going to be the best way to take revenge from this man, who has no ettiquettes
    7. It will be the best thing you could have done for his kind deeds
    8. It is one life, so you can either live it to the fullest or destroy it by indulging in immoral activities
    9. It is going to be the classic show, as the actors from different countries of the world are taking part
    10. It may be the best way to counter his allegations, but I am certainly not interested

    Read : How I polished my English Skills- Forth post




    1. It will be quite a historical moment, considering two nations coming together for an amicable solution to the long pending issue
    2. It is right on your part
    3. It has been said multiple times, but still he doesn’t seem to understand
    4. It is going to be the best phase for him considering the fact that he has just been released from the prison to start the life afresh
    5. It will look good on him provided he mends his way and develops respect for his elders
    6. It should only be useful, if you know how you can better make use of this machine
    7. It shouldn’t bother you, as you have got all the paper work authenticating your honesty
    8. It will be the best moment, which you should consider as you are already free from all the charges
    9. It will be the most awesome moment as he has just won the long pending case today
    10. It will create moments of history for his family who has the credit of travelling to different places of the world in style.

    Read : How I polished my English skills – Fifth post




    1. It isn’t the place which I have visited last time
    2. It is fine, but I need more choices to make my decision
    3. It can create a certain level of confusion for the visiting delegates
    4. It should be what people actually desire and wish for
    5. It will be morally correct, but again not everyone will be ready to agree on this

    I would have highly recommend you to purchase the following English Grammar Book, if you are really serious towards polishing your written and oral English


    As you purchase the book, you will know the real difference it makes for someone who has great hunger to improve English, but wasn’t able to, uptill now. The book will open thousands of morale boosting, simple and easy techniques right from basics to help you improve your English. Being a reasonably priced one, you can surely expect HAPPY TIMES ahead as well.




     

    Read : 101 Golden Rules to improve English

     

     

     

     

    Mistake No. 1

    Many of you while introducing yourself say

    Myself I am Saddam (wrong)

    I am Saddam (correct)

     

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 2

     

    Use Apostrophe in the right position

    Saddam book (wrong)

    Saddam’s book  (book belongs to Saddam)

    Arpits pen (wrong)
    Arpit’s pen (pen belongs to Arpit)

     

     

    Mistake No. 3

     

    Let us go by walk. (wrong)

    Let us walk.  (correct)

    Read : Know Interview questions from experts to get  a high-paying job 

     

    Mistake No. 4

     

    He asked me where do I stay? (wrong)
    He asked me where I stay (correct)

    NEVER USE DO/DOES/DID in reported speech

    Other examples
    They asked me , where I work

    I asked them, where they play baseball

    He asked them, where they sleep

     

    Mistake No. 5

     




    Too or To?

    Use of “TOO”

    It is too hot

    The weather is too cold

     

    Use of “TO”

    I will go to his house

    He is supposed to return to his place

     

     

    Mistake No. 6

    He is twenty-five years (wrong)

    He is twenty-five years old (correct)

     

    Read : Don’t miss these basic tips to improve English 

     

    Mistake No. 7

     

    They have left smoking (wrong)

    They have stopped smoking (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 8

     

    I have a good news for you related with your career  (wrong)
    I have good news for you related with your career (correct)

    Always say

    I have good news

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 9

     

    The rain is happening (wrong)
    It is raining (correct)




    Always use “IT” in similar sentences.

    For example,

    It is a hot day

    It is windy

    It is cloudy

     




     

    Mistake No. 10

     

    This is not a proper way, to approach to this question (wrong)
    This is not a proper way to approach this question (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 11

    Verb will be used in relation with the subejct

    Your verb is only defined by the subject. If your subject is plural, then the verb will be plural and if the subject is singular, then it will be singular.

    For example:-
    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar was in vain (wrong)
    Here, the subject is “efforts” which is plural, so you have to place the plural verb

    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar were in vain (correct)

     

    Similarly,

    He along with friends were discharged from hospital (wrong)

    Here, the subject is “HE” so, you have to use the verb in SINGULAR FORM

     

    He along with friends was discharged from hospital (correct)

     

    Another example:-

    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch was simply useless (wrong)

    “Attempts” are plural, so “WERE” is used
    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch were simply useless (correct)

    Saddam along with Sadeeq is going for a dinner

    “Saddam” is singular so “is” used

    Sadeeq together with his friends is playing cricket.




    Read : How to pass interview for a lucrative job

    Mistake No. 12

     

     

    Give an exam (wrong)
    Take an exam (correct)

    If someone has appeared in the exam, then we can say

    He/She has taken exam (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 13

     

     

    Correct use of They and Their

    They are going to them house (wrong)
    They are going to their house (correct)
    I will be going to them house (wrong)
    I will be going to their house (correct)

     

     

    “THEIR” will always be used before a noun

    In the above sentences : House is a noun, and “THEIR” is used before it

    Similarly,
    I have taken their book for a day

    BOOK is  a noun and I have used “THEIR” before that.

    THEIR pen

    THEIR computer

    THEIR cupboard

    THEIR bed-sheet

    THEIR account

    THEIR auditorium

     

     




     

    Read : Easiest of tips to improve English in months  

     

    Mistake No. 14

     

    Reply back / Revert back  (wrong)

    Reply / Revert  (correct)

    Since, “REVERT”  or “REPLY” itself means, the same thing, so we don’t have to use BACK

    So, we can say

    Kindly, revert at the earliest

    or

    Kindly reply, as soon as possible

     




     

    Mistake No. 15

     

     

    Everybody must listen to their inner voice (wrong)
    Everybody must listen to HIS or HER inner voice (correct)

     

    When the subject is EVERYBODY” we don’t use pronoun THEIR, we use HIS or HER

    Another example

    Everybody must do his or her work diligently

     

    Similarly,  no one, and nobody anyone, anybody, everyone, everybody, someone,somebody are always singular.




     

    Mistake No. 16

     

    Mistake
    Me and Saddam live here  (wrong)
    Saddam and I live here (Correct)

    Hint – If there are two people, always use yourself second and denote yourself with “I”

    Another example:-

    Sadeeq and I like mango
    John and I sleep here

     




     

    Mistake No. 17

     

    Mistake
    It is more cold today (wrong)
    It is colder today (correct

    You should know positive, comparative and superlative degrees

    For example,
    Cold (positive) Colder (comparative) Coldest (superlative)

    He is more short than me (wrong)
    He is shorter than me (Correct)
    Short (Positive) Shorter (comparative) Shortest (Superlative)




     

    Mistake No. 18

     

    Mistake

    How many pencils you have? (wrong)
    How many pencils do you have (correct)

    In order to know HOW I HAVE DONE

    Simply break the sentence in the following way

    First write a simple sentence

    • You have pencils
    • Do you have pencils?
    • How many pencil do you have?

    Another example:-

    Where has he gone ? or Where he has gone ?
    Correct one is
    Where has he gone ?
    Now, let’s break in the following ways:-

    • He has gone
    • Has he gone there
    • Where has he gone?

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 19

     

    Always use “IN” for months

    In January/March/September/December

    For example,
    He will be here in May

    I will go to Indonesia in December

     




     

    Mistake No. 20

     

    Always use “ON” before DAYS OF THE WEEK

    For example,
    On Sunday/Monday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/Saturday

    I will catch him on Sunday

     

    Grammatical Mistakes which many of you make, but don’t realise

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 21

    Many a times (wrong)
    Many times (correct)
    or
    Many a time (correct)

     




    MISTAKE NO. 22

     

    Lose or Loose?

    Lose (verb)- To Win
    Loose (adjective) Not tight

    He will lose the match like this (used as verb)
    This shirt is too loose  (used as adjective)

    Hope, the difference is clear now

     




    Not knowing where to use I, ME or MY

    He is taller than I (wrong)

    He is taller than MY (wrong)

    He is taller than ME (correct)

    Let’s explain

    “I” will never be used at the end of sentence

    “I” is a subject

    I am going

    Now, if there are two subjects, “I” follows next

    For example

    Saddam and my are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going out of station (correct)

    Another example:-

    Saddam and me are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going to attend the event (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 24

     

    He wakes or He wake?

    Add (s) or (es) to verb with HE/SHE/IT

    He wake early (wrong)

    He wakes (not wake) early (correct)

     




    She go to school (wrong)

    She goes (not go) to school (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 25

     

    For or Since?

    Many people don’t know the proper use of FOR and SINCE

    “SINCE” is used for specific time

    Since 1997

    Since morning

    Since 2o’ clock

    Since yesterday

    Since afternoon

     

    “FOR” is used, when the time is not clear

    For many years (how many years?)

    For a day  (Which day)

    For the whole year (which year?)

    For two hours (which two hours of the day?)

     




    Mistake No. 26

     

    Cope up (wrong)

    Cope up with (wrong)

    Cope with (correct)

    He has to cope with challenges soon as I want to see him winner
    One must cope with adversities in every phase of life

     




    Mistake No. 27

    Many of you make spelling mistakes

    •  Acheive (wrong)
    •  Achieve (correct)
    • Wrong: Changeble
    • Right: Changeable
    • Wrong: Embarass
    • Right: Embarrass
    • Wrong: Garantee
    • Right: Guarantee
    • Wrong: Independant
    • Right: Independent
    • Wrong: Carnell
    • Right: Colonel
    • Wrong: Millenium
    • Right: Millennium
    • Wrong: Mispell
    • Right: Misspell
    • Wrong: Definately
    • Right: Definitely
    • Wrong: Fluorosent
    • Right: Fluorescent
    • Wrong: Jist
    • Right: Gist
    • Wrong: Immediatly
    • Right: Immediately
    • Wrong: Prefered
    • Right: Preferred
    • Wrong: Publically
    • Right: Publicly
    • Wrong: Seperate
    • Right: Separate
    • Wrong: Succesful
    • Right: Successful

     




     

    Mistake No. 28

     

    Many of you use SECOND or THIRD FORM with DID

    He didn’t slept (wrong)
    He didn’t sleep (correct)

    Always use THE FIRST FORM OF VERB with DID

    More example:-

    I didn’t complete the work on time, and I apologise for it

    He didn’t wash the clothes, even though I told him to

     

     




     

    Read : Basic tips to improve English like never before 

     

    Mistake No. 29

     

    Forming INTERROGATIVE QUESTIONS incorrectly

    You like to play football

    becomes

    Do you like to play football?

     

    Similarly,

    He watches the match becomes

    Does he watch the match? (“es” will be replaced with “DO” in the interrogative sentence )

    Likewise,
    Do they play pool?

     




     

    Mistake No. 30

     

    Not using PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE for the actions which have started in the past and are still in the continuation phase

    For example,

    She has been working in the office since 2007  (if she is still working)

    He has been working in the college for 2 years now (if he is still employed as a teacher)

     

     




    Mistake No. 31

    Frequent mistakes in English Grammar

    LIKES OR LIKE

    My brother like to play cricket (wrong)

    You need to know that WITH THE HELPING VERBS

    HE, SHE, IT – THE MAIN VERB WILL BE SINGULAR

    So, here as the subject is (BROTHER) is singular, so the verb will also be singular

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 32

     

    Me or My

    He is coming to meet my (wrong)

    He is coming to meet me (correct

    They are coming to me house (wrong)
    They are coming to my house (correct)

    MY is always used before a noun

    My pen

    My shirt

    My shoes

    My building

    My mango

    My table




     

    MISTAKE NO. 33

    You can speak loud (wrong)

    You can speak loudly (correct)

    They speak clear (wrong)

    They speak clearly (correct)

    She speaks slow (wrong)
    She speaks slowly (correct)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 34

    Never use “VERY BETTER”

    Simply say “BETTER” or “MUCH BETTER”

    The patient feels very better after taking medicine (wrong)
    The patient feels better after taking medicine (correct)
    or

    The patient feels much better after taking medicine (correct)

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 35

     

    I go or I goes?

    Always use the plural form of verb with “I”  (without “s” or “es”)

    I goes to school daily (Wrong)
    I eats pomegranate (Wrong)

    I likes this painting (wrong)

    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    I go to school daily (Correct)
    I eat pomegranate (Correct)
    I like this painting (Correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 36

     

    THEY HAVE OR THEY HAS?

     

    When there is I, WE, YOU, THEY – We always use HAVE OR HAD




    They has gone (wrong)
    You has eaten the mango (wrong)

    They have gone (correct)
    You have eaten the mango (Correct)




    Mistake No. 37

     

    Older or Elder ?

     




    Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,

    • He is older to me (correct)
    • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

    Now, I am explaining to you.

    We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”




    I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

    • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
    • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

    Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

     

     




    Mistake No. 38

    12:AM  12:PM or 12 Noon 12 Midnight?

     




    Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

    If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

    One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

    For example,

    I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

    I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 39

     

    One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations




    We usually say,

    I have given the examination (wrong)

    We should say

    I have taken the exam (right)

    Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?




     

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 40

    More thinner (wrong)
    Thinner (correct)

    I am more thinner than him (wrong)
    I am thinner than him (correct)




    Mistake No. 41

     

    In the month of March or On the month of March?

    In the month of March (correct

    Always use IN with months

    For example

    In Jan

    In Feb
    In Mar

    In Apr

    In May

    In June

    In July

    In Aug

    In Sep

    In Oct

    In Nov

    In Dec

     

     




    Mistake No. 42

    Our or Us

    They are coming to us house (wrong)
    They are coming to our house (correct)

    OUR will always be used before a noun

    For example

    Our house

    Our country

    Our flag

    Our chair

    Our desk

    US will be used in the following sentences

    He is coming to meet us

    They have invited us

     

     

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : How I improved my English and how you can too 

    Mistake No. 43

     

    Play or Plays  FOR I, WE YOU THEY??

    They plays the game of cricket very well (wrong)

    With the subjects such as I, WE YOU, THEY  the main verb will be plural that is (WITHOUT “S” OR “ES”
    They play the game of cricket very well (correct

    Similarly, for promouns such as

    I /WE / YOU/THEY PLAY CRICKET VERY WELL

    I /WE / YOU/THEY GO FOR MOVIE EVERY WEEKEND

    I /WE / YOU/THEY WATCH THE MOVIE TOGETHER

     

     




    Mistake No. 44

     

    Not knowing where to use “HE”, “HIS” AND “HIM”

    For example

    He is going to him house (wrong)

    He is going to he house (wrong)

    He is going to his house (correct)

    “HIS” is always used before a NOUN

    For example

    HIS PEN

    HIS BOOK

    HIS TABLE

    HIS COUNTRY

    HIS BOTTLE

    HIS SYRINGE

     

     




    Mistake No. 45

     

    Always use the singular form of the verb with “EACH” & “EVERY”

     

    Many of you don’t realise that with “Each” and “Every”, we use the singular form of verb

    For example

     

    Each of these boys write well  (Wrong)

    Each of these boys writes well (correct)

    Another example

    Each of you go to school daily (Wrong)
    Each of you goes to school daily (correct)
    There is “s” with write

    Everyone of you paint well (Wrong)

    Everyone of you paints well (Correct)
    Another example
    Everyone of you drive well (Wrong)
    Everyone of you drives well (Correct)




    Mistake No. 46

     

    Neither or Both?

    Use “Neither” instead of “Both” in the following negative sentences.

    For example,
    Both of you didn’t come (wrong)

    Neither of you came  (Correct)
    Both of them aren’t sincere towards their studies (wrong)

    Neither of them are sincere towards their studies (Correct)

     

    Both of us aren’t going to attend the party (wrong)
    Neither of us are attending the party (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 47

     

     

    Always use the THIRD FORM OF VERB if it is followed by “THE” (The + verb )

    For example,

    I can surely say that this is the good building in town (wrong)
    Why?

    Because, good is the first of verb

    I can surely say that this is the best building in town (correct)

     

    It is the better painting, I have ever seen (Wrong)
    “Better” is the second form

    It is the best painting, I have ever seen (Correct)




     

    Mistake No. 48

     

    Never use helping verbs “twice” such as in the following sentences:-

    When I will come, I will call you (wrong)

    “WILL” shouldn’t be used two times in one sentence

    When I come, I will call you (correct)

    The moment, he will arrive, he will text me (wrong)
    The moment he arrives, he will text me (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 49

     

    Listen me or “Listen to” me?

    He doesn’t listen me (wrong)
    He doesn’t “listen to” me (correct)

    Always use “LISTEN TO”

    OR

    “LISTENING TO”

    He is not listening to me
    They are not listening to them

    She is not listening to her

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 50

     

    Use correct form of WORD in sentences

     

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : Complete guide to improve English in months 

    Mistake No. 51

     

     

    Always use AT before time

    At 5o’clock
    At 7 pm

    Can you arrive at 5o’clock?
    I need to catch my flight.

     

    Mistake 52

     

    Our auditorium is in the 3rd floor (wrong)

    Our auditorium is on the 3rd floor. (correct)

     

     

    Mistake 53

    His brother-in-laws have arrive at the party (wrong)

    His brothers-in-law have arrived at the party (correct)

    The plural of BROTHER-IN-LAW IS “BROTHERS-IN-LAW”

    Same is

    Sisters-in-law

    Mothers-in-law

     

     

    Mistake 54

    She has golden hairs (wrong)
    She has golden hair (correct)

    HAIR is plural in itself, so it will be unchanged

     

    Mistake 55

     

    I prefer tea than coffee (wrong)
    I prefer tea to coffee (correct)

    Always use TO with PREFER

    For example,

    I prefer trouser to jeans

    I prefer Nigeria to United States



    Mistake No. 56

     

    Its high time, he improves his verbal English (wrong)
    It’s high, he improved his verbal English (correct)

    With “IT’S HIGH TIME”, we use past tense, to refer the present

    Other examples:-

    It’s high time, he demonstrated his skills

    It’s high time, he learned Arabic

    It’s high time, he drove car

     




    Difference between
    It’s and Its

    Its- Used for denoting possession
    It’s – Short version of It is

    For example

    Use of Its
    The truck broke its window panes, due to strong winds
    This house is slightly cost effective than its neighbours

    The flag in my house is standing strongly in its poll, even after strong winds

     

    Use of  It’s
    It’s normal for people to move like this here

    It’s going to be dark soon, so we should head back

    It’s normal for people to sleep early here

     

     




     

    Read : Top 3 mistakes English learners should never forget in 2018

     

    Mistake No. 57

     

    I am having two brothers and two sisters.(wrong)

    I have two brothers and two sisters (correct)




    Mistake No. 58

     

    Our house is near to the lake (wrong)
    Our house is near the lake (correct)

    Never use “TO” with “NEAR”

    For example,
    I live near my friend

    My pet is near me

    I live near the countryside

     




     

    Mistake No. 59

     

    Does she has a cycle? (wrong)

    Does she have a car? (correct)

    The main verb “HAVE” denotes ownership

     




    Mistake No. 60

    I like very much baseball (wrong)
    I like baseball very much (correct)

    Always use “VERY MUCH” at the end of sentence

    Other examples

    He likes mangoes very much

    They like the play very much

    She likes mango very much




     

    Mistake No. 61

     

    “Today office is there?”   (wrong)

    Say in the following manner:-

    Is today a working day? (correct)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Mistake 62

    I will be going or I will be go?

    In future Tenses, after “BE”, we always use (ing) in verb

    He will be go to school tomorrow (Wrong)
    They will be watch television later (Wrong)

    I will be visit park tomorrow (wrong)
    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    He will be going to school tomorrow (Correct)
    They will be watching television later (Correct)

    I will be visiting park tomorrow (Correct)




     

    Mistake 63

    Watch or See?

    We use “Watch”  when we are looking at something in an attentive manner

    For example
    We watch television (correct)
    We look television (wrong)

    I am watching the actions of a stranger for over a week now
    He watches me whenever I try to speak in English




     

    We use “See” where we get things on our way

    For example
    We see people sleep on pavements

    I see children playing in the open




    Mistake No. 64

    Their or There?

    There (used for a place)
    Their (refers to something which is owned and related to group)

    For example:-

    I go there (place)
    I am going to their house (House is owned by them)
    He is going there (place)
    He is going their office (Office is owned by them)




     

    Mistake No. 65

    Who vs. Which?

     

    Who is used for a HUMAN BEING

    WHICH is  used for an OBJECT

     

    For example

    Saddam is a nice human being who (not WHICH) loves helping people

    He is the person who likes to eat ice-cream

     

    He gave a book which (not WHO) is quite informative

    I have an ice-cream which is quite tasty

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 66

    Come or Return?

    We often say that

    We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

    The correct form should be

    We have returned from office or school (right)

    The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

    We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

     

    While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
    For example, we can say

    My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)




    Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

    Like

    My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

    Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”




     

    Mistake No. 67

    I came to school by walking (wrong)

    I came to school on foot. (correct)

     




     

    Mistake No. 68

    What is the time in your watch? (wrong)

    What is the time by your watch? (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 69

    Gone or Went?

    Most of you use “Went” in the following sentences:-
    For example

    She had ate the mango (wrong)

    Or

    She has went there  (Wrong)

    Correct sentences will be
    She has eaten the mango (correct)

    She has gone there (Correct)

    Tip to remember:-

    We use the third form of verb with HELPING VERN SUCH AS HAS/HAVE/HAD
    If there is any verb used with them, then it has to be the third form of verb

    In the above case

      1. “Ate” is the “2nd” form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “EATEN”
      2. “Went” is the 2nd form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “GONE”

       

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 70

     

    HAS / HAVE OR HAD?

    Many of you think that if in any sentence “HAS” “HAVE” or “HAD” is used then, it will be a “Present Perfect Tense.
    It is not like that.
    For example,
    I have a ball (No perfect sentence, it is infact Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense )
    Why?

    Because, there is no MAIN VERB is used.  “HAVE” in the above sentence is just a helping verb

    Other examples of Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense are as follows:-

    He has a pen

    You have a ball
    They have bags

    He has a pencil

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 71

     

    DID WENT OR DID GO?

    You need to add the FIRST FORM OF VERB in sentences where “DID” is used

    For example
    He didn’t went (wrong)

    He didn’t go (correct)

    They didn’t listened me (wrong)

    They didn’t listen (correct)




    You didn’t wanted me to go there (wrong)

    You didn’t want me to go there (correct)

    I didn’t liked the image (Wrong)

    I didn’t like the mango (correct)

    She didn’t watered the plants (Wrong)

    She didn’t water the plants (correct)

    YOU NEED TO ADD FIRST FORM OF VERB WITH DID (as above)




     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 72

     

    Mistake
    Never make nouns plural with EVERY

    For example

    Every students (wrong)
    Every pencils (wrong)

    Correct are
    Every student (correct)

    Every pencil (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 73

     

     

    Where I can find the washroom? (Wrong)
    Where can I find the washroom? (Correct)

     

    After “WHERE” helping verb will be used in the aforesaid INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

    Similarly,

    Where I can find your notes? (wrong)
    Where can I find your notes? (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 74

     

    Never Add “WHO’” with non-living things

    For example

    The book who you gave is quite informative (wrong)

    The book which you gave is quite informative (correct)
    Book is a non-living thing and we use WHICH instead of WHO

     

    The pencil who you gave is lost (wrong)
    The pencil which you gave is list (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 75

     

    Few or Less?

    Few is used with countable nouns

    Less with uncountable nouns

    For example:-

    I met few people today (not less people)
    He has given me less sugar where I can’t even prepare two cups of tea (Not few sugar)
    He has given me few coins (not less)
    We have less than an hour left  (not few)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 76

    Anyways (wrong)

    Anyway (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 77

    They need not to (wrong)

    They don’t need to (correct)

    Always, use helping verb after subject

    Another example

    He doesn’t need to eat heavy lunch at night

    They don’t need to play games for an hour




    Mistake No. 78

     

    Write the names of fruits with ink (wrong)

    Write the names of fruits  in ink (correct)

    INK is always denoted with “IN”

    In INK

     

     

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 79

     

    There or Their?

    I am going to there house to meet them (wrong)

    I am going to their house to meet them (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 80

     

    He is in call right now (wrong)

    He is on call right now (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 81

     

    My favourite match will be in television tonight (wrong)
    My favourite match will be on television tonight (correct)

     

    MISTAKE NO. 82

     

    I was on work all day (wrong)
    I was at work all day (correct)

    Always say AT work

    Where were you?

    I was at work




     

    Read : Don’t miss reading the post, if you want to pass interview  

     

    MISTAKE NO. 83

     

    Who or Whom?

    I consulted the doctor who I met on train (wrong)

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person ) (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 84

    Where to use “accept” and “except”

    Accept

    I except your offer, since it looks quite attractive (Wrong)

    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive (correct)

    They excepted my nature and pardoned me (wrong)
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me  (correct)

     

    Except

    The barracks were open for all the jailers, accept one (wrong)
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one (correct)

    Accept for him, all his family members were happy (wrong)

    Except for him, all his family members were happy (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 85

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 86

    How to write the same sentence in different ways :-

     

    I am excitedly waiting to hear the good news of my son’s success in exam

    I am waiting in excitement to get the pleasant news of my son’s success in exam

    Other example

    I am not surprised to know that U.S is going to send relief items to Iraq

    The news of U.S sending relief items to Iraq doesn’t surprise me




     

    MISTAKE NO. 87

     

    “Than” is used for comparing things
    For example
    There are more jars than plates in your kitchen

    “Then” is used for time related actions and events
    For example:-
    Come by 11 tonight, I will be at home by then

     




    MISTAKE NO. 88

    What time it is? (wrong)
    What time is it ? (correct)

    Always use the helping verb first in the Interrogative sentences

    Other examples

    What are you going to do after Class 12th?

    What will happen to your old car?

     




    Mistake No. 89

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered to me (wrong)

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered me (correct)

    Always say

    Answered me

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 90

    One of my friend is a doctor (wrong)
    One of my friends is a doctor (correct)

    The noun will always be plural with ONE OF MY

    Other examples

    One of my pen

    One of my books

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 91

    Me or My

    I want you to be me friend (wrong)

    I want you to be my friend (correct)




    MISTAKE NO. 92

    12 :am or 12 : pm

    12 is neither AM or PM

    It is either 12 NOON or 12 midnight




     

    MISTAKE NO. 93

     

    Yours sincerely or Yours lovingly?

    In Formal Letter, always say
    Your sincerely or Your faithfully

     

    While in Informal letters,

    say

    Yours lovingly




     

    MISTAKE NO. 94

    Call he (wrong)

    Call him (correct)

    Similarly,

    Call them

    Call her

    Call us

    Call me

    Call you

     




    Read : Want to pass interview? Read these tips 

    MISTAKE NO. 95

     

    Farther and Further?

    “Farther” is used to denote a considerable distance

    For example:-

    His rocket landed farther down the road than mine

    “Further” is used to denote an action which is ahead

    For example
    The fight between the two parties will lead to further damage

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 96

     

    I wore a jeans (wrong)
    I wore a pair of jeans (correct)
    I wore jeans (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 97

    Noun – Practice

    The physician’s practice

    Verb – Practise

    How long have you been practising management?

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 98

     

    The client has ordered for a wedding cake (wrong)

    The client has ordered a wedding cake (correct)

     

    Other examples:-
    He has ordered a mobile online

    The doctor has ordered a stethoscope

     




     

     

    Mistake No. 99

     

    More taller (wrong)
    Taller (correct

    He is more taller than you (wrong)
    He is taller than you (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 100

    On Sunday or In Sunday?

    Always use ON with days of the week

    For example

    On Sunday

    On Monday

    On Tuesday
    On Wednesday
    On Thursday

    On Friday

    On Saturday

     




     

    Mistake No. 101

     

     

    Where to use
    He – His – Him

    I – my – me

    We – Our – Us
    You – Your – You

    They – Their – Them

     

     

    His- My – Our – Your – Their – will always be used before a noun
    For example

    His pen

    My pen

    Our Pen

    Your Pen
    Their Pen

    Him- Me – Us – You – Them – will always be used alone (without a noun)

    For example:-

    They are going to meet him

    They are going to meet me

    They are going to meet us

    They are going to meet you

    They are going to meet them

     

    Read :   How to start improving English now  

     

     




     

     

     

     




    Accept and Except
    Accept – To receive
    Except – Exclude
    Confusion starts, as both of them looks quite similar , but have totally different meaning




    Sentences with ACCEPT

    Let’s help you in creating sentences so that you can actually their individual meaning
    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me
    He will accept me, as I have told the truth
    The management accepted my letter of apology, as a letter my respect for them has increased further
    The cops didn’t accept the fact that the man stole the valuables




    Sentences with Except




    I took every medicine recommended except this one, but now I realise that I should have taken before.
    Except today all the days were cloudy this week
    All my friends were going to zoo, except me
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one
    Except for him, all his family members were happy
    Except this year, I got promotion everyyear

    Now, take part in the QUIZ

    [wp_quiz_pro id=”2749″]

    Read : 15 English grammar mistakes you are making in 2018




     

     

     

     




    Who and Whom – Mistakes

     

    Who is the subjective pronoun like I, we, you, they, He , she, it
    Whom is the objective pronoun Like me, us, you, them, him, her




    Who and Whom both denotes the human-beings, But, their use is different

    Whom – Where is it used?

    Will be used for an individual – no organization or company
    No sentence will start with “Whom”
    Whom will always be used in the middle

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person )




     

    Who – Where is it used?

    It is used for subjective pronouns such as I, we you, they, he, she, it
    For example
    Who was the doctor whom you consulted?
    Ans. I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person)

     

    Let’s take the use of “Who”

     

    Who was that person?
    He is my friend

    Who was with you yesterday?
    He was my English Teacher
    Who was accompanying you last night?
    He was my mentor
    Who was with you in car?
    He was my father.




     

     

    Let’s take use of “WHOM”

    I met the architect in my office whom I greeted in the party last night

    I am very happy to shake hands with the Prime Minister whom I met at the airport.

    Whom  should I talk for getting this work done in the department?

    To who was this letter directed?

    Whom do you believe for getting this work done professionally?

    I am in a fix with whom, I am going to partner for the show

     







    How I polished my English skills and how you should too

    Highly recommended book
    Buy only, if you are really serious to purchase.

    As a 11 years experienced Teacher, I want to say that I normally don’t recommend any book, but then this book will MAKE THE PLEASANT DIFFERENCE WITH YOUR ENGLISH GRAMMAR




    Hi Everyone,

    This is your English Ma’am who is going to reveal those secrets towards improving English which you wouldn’t have heard anywhere uptill now.

    Yes, hold tight , as the following long and researched post will give you a new easy way to improve English by removing the perception that English is boring or difficult to learn.

    Yes, after the end of the post, you will know, it is so easy to learn and improve, based on the proper guidance.

    Yes, as a 10 years experienced English Teacher, I am going to reveal the easiest ways.

    Before, proceeding further, let me ask you few things.




    Do you know that just by taking out 15 minutes from your schedule, you can actually help you get a sense of how to move forward with regards to improving your English?

    Are you very serious to improve your English now?

    Aren’t you getting a high-paying job just because you don’t know English well?

    If yes, has been the answer to all the queries above, then you are at the right place.

    Now, take out atleast 15 minutes to read the following post about how you can actually start to speak and write in English and pass banking exam successfully

    Yes, by the time, you will read the post, your basics will be clear to a great extent, provided that you show seriousness.

    English is important in any field. So, if you are the masters in it, then potentially you can reach the zenith earlier, as compared to others. Therefore, it is important to polish skills.

    In the following article, I am sharing my experiences of how I mastered over this language in a full fledged way along with giving easy and practical steps which will help English Learners massively.




    My passion for enhancing English skills grew from my childhood days as I was in early years of my schooling. Till I was in class 6th, my English was not even upto the mark then. I used to get punishment from teachers as well as parents for failing to get requisite marks in any subject and English was not an exception.

    Although, I was able to understand to what others used to speak, yet I couldn’t communicate with them in English and I believe that most of us face such predicament. Isn’t it?

    You might not believe that it was the reality that I used to bring all the English dailies in the morning such as “Times of India”, “Hindustan Times”, “Pioneer” for polishing my English. Of all the newspapers, what I found in “Pioneer” was that, it offers comparably easy use of words. Therefore, initially, I would recommend this newspaper for those who want to learn skills of English. Because, when I say easy use of words, I mean as compared to other English dailies.

    However, soon I got counseling from one of my uncles who equally happened to be a HOD in a University. He is a really nice man. I must say. He gave me enough reasons to polish my English, since all other subjects are primarily based on English as well and later on even a high paying professional life is based on good grasp of English language. So, if I will improve my English, I can equally be able to have a better control over other subjects too which can equally help me get the job of my dream. That was the day which proved to be a change for me.

     

    He suggested me to purchase the following book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

     

    I am telling from my own personal experience that the difference which I found with the book has been awesome and due to polishing my English further, I got confidence and enrolled myself for a mass communication course in Lucknow University after passing with high grades in 10+2 and soon started working for a newspaper namely Hindustan Times. You can also check out my published article down below (with my name)

    The best professionally viable difference was that I continue to get my articles published. You can check my other post published in Hindustan Times below

    Years before, the book was doing its work. Yes, you guessed it right that it started to help me know the most impeccable English right from basics. Yes, it was something which I couldn’t even think of otherwise. I started getting my concept clear with perfection. Yes, there wasn’t even an iota of doubt or confusion now. It has been years, still I know what I had learnt way back then and all of those awesome concepts and basic understanding is still fresh in my mind.

    For example, I came to know many of the following things:-

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say




    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

    I can’t go in detail about whole grammar in the post though. But you can surely help yourself by purchasing the book English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

     

    The book was an eye opener for me and along with the same, I equally thanked my Uncle and persuaded him to continue to give guidance side-by-side and he obliged. My passion started growing when I started seeing the pleasant change.

    When I used to read the English Grammar book, I made it a point of writing the words which I did not know the meaning of. That gave me enough reasons to strengthen my vocabulary as well. How can I miss watching English news channels? As I said that it became my passion, so I used to get enjoyment by watching news channels and I equally used to closely monitor the way certain words were pronounced. Since, that’s equally matter as well.




    I made it a point to listen news by keeping “pen” and “piece of paper” handy, in order to jot down the difficult words. Although, considering flawless and speedy way the anchors speak English, I couldn’t get a grasp of certain words, yet that was only short lived, since I started getting familiar with the words.

    How English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

    continue to skyrocket my career . Let’s find out more :-

    My uncle was equally upbeat since I used to make use of new words. He also advised me to stand in front of mirror in order to communicate with yourself by looking at your eyes. This was equally another pleasant change which I experienced. This exercise is a must, if you want to enhance your confidence. As you speak in such a fashion, it gives you enough boost towards working on your aim.

    Months passed by and soon even my classmates started getting the feel of how passionate I am towards English. If they come across with any word in any subject, they used to ask me and thankfully I have the answer to most of them.




    The kind of passion which I had for English can be gauged from the fact that I used to score the highest marks in English. Interestingly, when the teacher used to speak out marks of the subject, all the heads used to roll towards me in bewilderment.

    The benefits which English had in my schooling days:-

    • Earlier, it became extremely difficult for me to mug up long answers, since my English was not even up to the mark. It was so poor that I couldn’t even comprehend as to what was written. Therefore, in the event when I forgot certain words, my whole answer becomes meanigless.
    • However, later on I started learning the whole essence and I was in a position to write answers in my own words, thus impressing my teacher as well.

    For those who want to sharpen their English, there are list of things which one should follow (I am telling from my own experience)




    • Get English newspaper namely “Pioneer” and the paper can long last through a week. Since, you can’t read more than once side of a paper daily. Write down the meaning of the difficult words which you come across by goggling or referring dictionary what ever eases you.
    • Purchase the English Grammar book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 
    • Make a habit of taking out time from 8:45 till 9:15 at night and listen to AIR (National Radio). You know why I am saying is that they air Hindi news in the first half and exactly English version of the same in the second half. It will help you too, like the way it helped me.
    • Communicate yourself in front of mirror
    • Listen to English news channels and have pen and paper ready to write down the English words.

    To the best of my knowledge, that sums up my entire experience towards sharpening my skills.

    Try to learn one new word on daily basis and most importantly introspect like the way it is used in the sentence.

    The irony is, most of us only emphasize on the need to learn a new word, but I am telling from my own experience that it is equally important to refer dictionary and closely look at the way the specific word is used in the sentence.

    After all, English is all about learning the intricacies. One of the most common mistakes which people commit while making the use of “older” and “elder”

    Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,




    • He is older to me (correct)
    • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

    Now, I am explaining to you.

    We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”

    I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

    • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
    • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

    Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

    Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

    If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

    One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

    For example,

    I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

    I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

    One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations

    We usually say,

    I have given the examination (wrong)

    We should say

    I have taken the exam (right)

    Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?

     




    We also unknowingly make the following mistakes and we don’t realise, so it is important to know them in detail as well:-

    The food is good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with FOOD)

    The food is tasty, sumptuous, mouthwatering or delicious (You can use any one amongst these four for food)

    We shouldn’t say

    The match was good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with Match)

    The correct form is

    The match was interesting, electrifying etc.

    Similarly, if we want to compliment any girl, we use “beautiful” while for boys we use “handsome”.

    These are some of small things which matters a lot in the long run and I came to know through the book

    Hence, besides learning the new word, you will equally know the way to use it in your sentence (I have told you in the above example)




     

    It is important to learn synonymous (words which hold the same meaning). You know why I am saying this is while writing content, you shouldn’t use the same word again and again since it will distract your readers and they will not come again to read it.

    Now,

    For example while writing content if I have to use the word “sad” again and again, I will rather not repeat it. Since, I know there are so many words which I can use in its place.

    For example,

    1. I am sad

    It can be done written in another way such as

    1. I am depressed
    2. I am feeling low
    3. I am a bit disturbed
    4. I am not feeling good

    I am giving another example which will equally help you understand in a better way as well:-

    I hate lazy people

    It can be done written in another way such as




    • I don’t like people who are lazy
    • I don’t like people who don’t do any thing

    There are so many ways I can compensate this word while expressing my state of mind to the readers. Hence, readers can equally maintain their interest.

    I can convey my expressions in various words without facing any sort of problem in the process.

    I am again emphasizing on the basic fact that I just made it a point towards thoroughly studying the grammar book along with reading newspapers and making sure that I grasp new words. Again I am emphasizing over the fact that I am extremely careful while using different words.

    I grew in an English medium background and I always had tremendous interest towards learning as well as polishing skills. Studying in an English medium background has its fair share of challenges as well since every one in the school expected me to have great hold of English and to be at par with their acceptations was something which I have to do any how.




    Have a look at my experiences

    In order to help you further, I need to share my additional experiences as well, after all they matter a lot towards helping you to overcome them

    The problem which I faced while sharpening my English skills- Earlier 

    I wasn’t getting a proper environment where I can talk with my friends of family members. Although, I tried talking to them, yet most of them were not supportive. Honestly speaking, I couldn’t blame them as well, since they neither had much grasp about the language, nor they had any interest in the same as well. In return, I had to face lots of sarcasm from them as they said that I am trying to become an English man and similar such sorts of comments.

    There was a phase when I used to feel that all my hard-work is going down the drain. I made full use of my holidays as well as free time by writing letters as well as essays on daily basis after getting guidance from English grammar book. Apart from that, I also used to watch English news channels.

    So, my main motive to write the post is that if you feel that you are not getting due share of your hard work, don’t worry, you will eventually get provided that you stick doing to what I have told you in my earlier posts.




    1. The thing which I will suggest you is to be habitual of watching English news channels on daily basis. If you are in the learning phase, it is important for you to come across with new words so that you can memorize them. Hence, there is a very little chance that they (words) will slip from your mind (owing to the fact that you will be in full practice)
    2. However, I devised another innovative trick which I missed mentioning earlier and that was to do the cricket commentary by muting the television. After all, every one of us love cricket to the core and why not to comment by muting it off. This will further make your journey of sharpening your skills a lot easy like never before. Since, the more you speak yourself, the better it is going to be for you towards enhancing the powers.

    English has seen few changes in the process as well. For example,

    1. In my earlier days, I have been grown up learning that, with pronouns such as “I” and “We”, we are supposed to use the helping word “Shall” and for other pronouns in the form of “He”, “She”, “It”, “We” and They”, we will use “Will”. However, that hasn’t been the case now. Since, with any pronouns we only use “Will”. For example,

    I will go there.

    He will return from there.

    If you want to know more of such tricky and awesome English grammar uses, then purchase the below book




      English is regarded to be a funny language and if the learning phase is devoid of fun and frolic, then you possibly won’t enjoy much. On the same lines, there is a word namely “Gay” which was primarily used for “Happiness”. I still remember that I have used this word so many times primarily to express my state of mind by saying, that I am gay. However, with the passage of time, it’s another meaning possibly held a far greater significance and if today, I will use this word again, then in all probability, others will be confused and surprised regarding my gender as well. Isn’t it?

    In English, we would have often use the word “Come” and “return” and all of us know their meaning as well. However, when it comes to their proper usage of words, we often make the most prominent mistake.

    For example,

    We often say that

    We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

    The correct form should be

    We have returned from office or school (right)

    The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

    We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

    While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
    For example, we can say

    My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)

    Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

    Like

    My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

    Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”

     




    Let’s take a look at the other mistakes which I realised after going through English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

    We often compliment something or the other if we felt good. However, rarely do we use the most importance word during such times,

    Apart from these, one of the other things which you need to start preparing yourself is about Active and Passive Voice




     

    For example

    The lion killed the deer (Active Voice)

    The deer was killed by the lion (Passive Voice)

    As a blogger cum writer, if you are told to re-write a certain paragraph, then you can easily make the best use of this knowledge.

    My experience

    One of my other experiences which I am sharing in the post relates to the time when I was in class Third standard. I still remember that the teacher asked me about my hobbies and I said “Computer”. She corrected me by saying that it should be

    “I love playing on computer”

    or




    “I love working on computer”

    Similarly, those who love music, when being asked about their hobbies, they should say that they “love listening music”.

    Same goes with other hobbies as well.

    I am going to further furnish more knowledgeable posts, which will make your journey of writing as well as speaking English easy like never before.

    In all the earlier posts, I have been trying my level best to tell you intricacies as well in order to help you further.

    Grammar is regarded to be the backbone without which you possibly can’t polish the English skills. Hence, make sure that you are well versed with the tenses.

    These are few of the most common mistakes which we do. I am going to tell you more in other posts.

    • Due to the rampant use of internet, do take out time to read online newspapers in English since it will give you enough boost.
    • How can you forget to go through the posts of renowned bloggers? This is another sure cut exercise by which you will become more confident in your approach.

    It is not possible for me to explain each and every tense, and  the best thing is that you can easily check the concepts here

    English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 




    which help you get a grasp of both written and spoken English, like never before. It will indeed assist you for sure, as I have myself checked the same. What more do you want, when it is reasonably priced as well.
    Also practise saying the same thing in other way, as it helps you to increase your vocabulary

    63 (and counting) ways to begin the sentence with “I love it when”

    I am writing the following sentences to start with the word

    “I love it when”

    1. he shows respect towards me
    2. everybody listens to me
    3. there are no haters
    4. poor are fed infront of my eyes
    5. everyone is nice to me
    6. you show care to me
    7. there is a transparent procedure maintained in recruitment by the concerned departments
    8. they don’t make fun of me
    9. you start talking to me
    10. my mother cooks delicious food



    1. they have their best strategies to plan for my upcoming holiday session
    2. you have every beautiful thing to say to me
    3. they have stopped backbiting
    4. my children kiss me
    5. my father gives pocket money everyday
    6. poor are fed by rich
    7. you are the one who understands me
    8. my hubby calls me every evening
    9. my wife cooks my favorite dish
    10. my parents bestow love and affection to me
  • they give scant regard to the allegations of others
  • the whole world thinks me to be a sweet person
  • my exams are delayed for another week
  • the incessant rains declare school holiday
  • I get the prize of my hardwork
  • my hubby stands with me, no matter what
  • people recognize my skills
  • I get my share of success through increment
  • There is no bitter news about the suferings in the world on anyday
  • she is the one to call me first on my birthday
    1. I get the instant message from my wife who is out in her hometown
    2. my parents easily agree to my demand
    3. I have my favorite chocolate
    4. Nobody interuppts me from plying my favorite game
    5. My friends respect me truly as they believe me
    6. The whole words seems to be beautiful with all the nicest people
    7. There is no poverty or hatred left in the world
    8. I have been the obvious choice for my parents to go to picnic
    9. No body has anything to say bad behind my back
    10. Promises are kept
    1. People around the globe live a happy life
    2. Everyone is simply so sweet to me
    3. People praise me behind their back
    4. Victims get the justice
    5. Accuse get behind the bars
    6. Concerned authorities do their job by hearing the concerns of victims
    7. People may not be rich, but they have big heart and are equally ready to help others
    8. Everyone is ready to learn from their mistakes
    9. Seniors love their juniors while they get respect in return too
    10. The world greets everybody on the account of festivals
    1. Different religions co-exist
    2. People may be rich, but they still have big heart where they show their concern for downtrodden
    3. The examples of humanity enforce the fact that the world is still beautiful
    4. The crime has fallen to an all time low
    5. I watch comedy shows as this is my hobby
    6. People distribute water in a hot summer day
    7. Auto drivers return the lost baggage of their clients
    8. I attend marriage parties of my friends
    9. My parents are happy
    10. My friends give moral support to me especially when I am down



    Read : 50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    1. People run to help elders on road
    2. Justice is not actually delayed
    3. We as people give birth to a safe and secured society

    50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    One of my readers asked the ways to use the word “it”

    So, it necessitates me to write the following post in order to help you guys understand, the correct method “it” is actually used in English grammar

    The word “it” is just a means to start a sentence.

    There are other following sentences starting with the word “it”

    1. It may rain today
    2. It is hot
    3. It will be very windy in few minutes
    4. It is a good scripture
    5. It will look good on you
    6. It is going to create history
    7. It will bring a revolution
    8. It may harm you
    9. It is cold outside
    10. It may bring a certain level of discomfort

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too

    1. It will indeed going to make everyone embarrassed
    2. It is the best advice which I have possibly got in years
    3. It will certainly be the best time of my life
    4. It will bring two countries closer
    5. It is going to be the best time of my life
    6. It may bring my friend think twice
    7. It will never rain during this time of the year
    8. It is going to be the worst moment of the history
    9. It may bring enough cheers to the people who were expecting celebration of sorts
    10. It will indeed be the best way to lead a life of happiness

    Read : How to polish English skills – Second Post




    1. It may never feel that way, but it actually shows
    2. It will certainly be etched in my memory forever
    3. It will be necessary for me to shout at you now
    4. It is going to be possibly the best time of my life
    5. It will indeed be etched in the memory forever
    6. It is going to have its repurcussions for people
    7. It may look wrong, but it is actually right
    8. It should look awkward considering so many decorative materials attached to it
    9. It is going to be the worst dress which you will wear
    10. It will infact make you famous for all the wrong reasons

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too?




    1. It shouldn’t come as a surprise, but you are the best person, I have come across with
    2. It will be quite a serene atmosphere considering that the storm has just passed by
    3. It will truly be the most coveted moment considering I have my family with me
    4. It may look pleasant to the ears of others, but not mine
    5. It will be a showpiece which history will remember for all the wrong reasons
    6. It is going to be the best way to take revenge from this man, who has no ettiquettes
    7. It will be the best thing you could have done for his kind deeds
    8. It is one life, so you can either live it to the fullest or destroy it by indulging in immoral activities
    9. It is going to be the classic show, as the actors from different countries of the world are taking part
    10. It may be the best way to counter his allegations, but I am certainly not interested

    Read : How I polished my English Skills- Forth post




    1. It will be quite a historical moment, considering two nations coming together for an amicable solution to the long pending issue
    2. It is right on your part
    3. It has been said multiple times, but still he doesn’t seem to understand
    4. It is going to be the best phase for him considering the fact that he has just been released from the prison to start the life afresh
    5. It will look good on him provided he mends his way and develops respect for his elders
    6. It should only be useful, if you know how you can better make use of this machine
    7. It shouldn’t bother you, as you have got all the paper work authenticating your honesty
    8. It will be the best moment, which you should consider as you are already free from all the charges
    9. It will be the most awesome moment as he has just won the long pending case today
    10. It will create moments of history for his family who has the credit of travelling to different places of the world in style.

    Read : How I polished my English skills – Fifth post




    1. It isn’t the place which I have visited last time
    2. It is fine, but I need more choices to make my decision
    3. It can create a certain level of confusion for the visiting delegates
    4. It should be what people actually desire and wish for
    5. It will be morally correct, but again not everyone will be ready to agree on this

    I would have highly recommend you to purchase the following English Grammar Book, if you are really serious towards polishing your written and oral English


    As you purchase the book, you will know the real difference it makes for someone who has great hunger to improve English, but wasn’t able to, uptill now. The book will open thousands of morale boosting, simple and easy techniques right from basics to help you improve your English. Being a reasonably priced one, you can surely expect HAPPY TIMES ahead as well.




     

    Read : 101 Golden Rules to improve English

     

     

     

     

    Mistake No. 1

    Many of you while introducing yourself say

    Myself I am Saddam (wrong)

    I am Saddam (correct)

     

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 2

     

    Use Apostrophe in the right position

    Saddam book (wrong)

    Saddam’s book  (book belongs to Saddam)

    Arpits pen (wrong)
    Arpit’s pen (pen belongs to Arpit)

     

     

    Mistake No. 3

     

    Let us go by walk. (wrong)

    Let us walk.  (correct)

    Read : Know Interview questions from experts to get  a high-paying job 

     

    Mistake No. 4

     

    He asked me where do I stay? (wrong)
    He asked me where I stay (correct)

    NEVER USE DO/DOES/DID in reported speech

    Other examples
    They asked me , where I work

    I asked them, where they play baseball

    He asked them, where they sleep

     

    Mistake No. 5

     




    Too or To?

    Use of “TOO”

    It is too hot

    The weather is too cold

     

    Use of “TO”

    I will go to his house

    He is supposed to return to his place

     

     

    Mistake No. 6

    He is twenty-five years (wrong)

    He is twenty-five years old (correct)

     

    Read : Don’t miss these basic tips to improve English 

     

    Mistake No. 7

     

    They have left smoking (wrong)

    They have stopped smoking (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 8

     

    I have a good news for you related with your career  (wrong)
    I have good news for you related with your career (correct)

    Always say

    I have good news

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 9

     

    The rain is happening (wrong)
    It is raining (correct)




    Always use “IT” in similar sentences.

    For example,

    It is a hot day

    It is windy

    It is cloudy

     




     

    Mistake No. 10

     

    This is not a proper way, to approach to this question (wrong)
    This is not a proper way to approach this question (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 11

    Verb will be used in relation with the subejct

    Your verb is only defined by the subject. If your subject is plural, then the verb will be plural and if the subject is singular, then it will be singular.

    For example:-
    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar was in vain (wrong)
    Here, the subject is “efforts” which is plural, so you have to place the plural verb

    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar were in vain (correct)

     

    Similarly,

    He along with friends were discharged from hospital (wrong)

    Here, the subject is “HE” so, you have to use the verb in SINGULAR FORM

     

    He along with friends was discharged from hospital (correct)

     

    Another example:-

    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch was simply useless (wrong)

    “Attempts” are plural, so “WERE” is used
    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch were simply useless (correct)

    Saddam along with Sadeeq is going for a dinner

    “Saddam” is singular so “is” used

    Sadeeq together with his friends is playing cricket.




    Read : How to pass interview for a lucrative job

    Mistake No. 12

     

     

    Give an exam (wrong)
    Take an exam (correct)

    If someone has appeared in the exam, then we can say

    He/She has taken exam (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 13

     

     

    Correct use of They and Their

    They are going to them house (wrong)
    They are going to their house (correct)
    I will be going to them house (wrong)
    I will be going to their house (correct)

     

     

    “THEIR” will always be used before a noun

    In the above sentences : House is a noun, and “THEIR” is used before it

    Similarly,
    I have taken their book for a day

    BOOK is  a noun and I have used “THEIR” before that.

    THEIR pen

    THEIR computer

    THEIR cupboard

    THEIR bed-sheet

    THEIR account

    THEIR auditorium

     

     




     

    Read : Easiest of tips to improve English in months  

     

    Mistake No. 14

     

    Reply back / Revert back  (wrong)

    Reply / Revert  (correct)

    Since, “REVERT”  or “REPLY” itself means, the same thing, so we don’t have to use BACK

    So, we can say

    Kindly, revert at the earliest

    or

    Kindly reply, as soon as possible

     




     

    Mistake No. 15

     

     

    Everybody must listen to their inner voice (wrong)
    Everybody must listen to HIS or HER inner voice (correct)

     

    When the subject is EVERYBODY” we don’t use pronoun THEIR, we use HIS or HER

    Another example

    Everybody must do his or her work diligently

     

    Similarly,  no one, and nobody anyone, anybody, everyone, everybody, someone,somebody are always singular.




     

    Mistake No. 16

     

    Mistake
    Me and Saddam live here  (wrong)
    Saddam and I live here (Correct)

    Hint – If there are two people, always use yourself second and denote yourself with “I”

    Another example:-

    Sadeeq and I like mango
    John and I sleep here

     




     

    Mistake No. 17

     

    Mistake
    It is more cold today (wrong)
    It is colder today (correct

    You should know positive, comparative and superlative degrees

    For example,
    Cold (positive) Colder (comparative) Coldest (superlative)

    He is more short than me (wrong)
    He is shorter than me (Correct)
    Short (Positive) Shorter (comparative) Shortest (Superlative)




     

    Mistake No. 18

     

    Mistake

    How many pencils you have? (wrong)
    How many pencils do you have (correct)

    In order to know HOW I HAVE DONE

    Simply break the sentence in the following way

    First write a simple sentence

    • You have pencils
    • Do you have pencils?
    • How many pencil do you have?

    Another example:-

    Where has he gone ? or Where he has gone ?
    Correct one is
    Where has he gone ?
    Now, let’s break in the following ways:-

    • He has gone
    • Has he gone there
    • Where has he gone?

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 19

     

    Always use “IN” for months

    In January/March/September/December

    For example,
    He will be here in May

    I will go to Indonesia in December

     




     

    Mistake No. 20

     

    Always use “ON” before DAYS OF THE WEEK

    For example,
    On Sunday/Monday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/Saturday

    I will catch him on Sunday

     

    Grammatical Mistakes which many of you make, but don’t realise

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 21

    Many a times (wrong)
    Many times (correct)
    or
    Many a time (correct)

     




    MISTAKE NO. 22

     

    Lose or Loose?

    Lose (verb)- To Win
    Loose (adjective) Not tight

    He will lose the match like this (used as verb)
    This shirt is too loose  (used as adjective)

    Hope, the difference is clear now

     




    Not knowing where to use I, ME or MY

    He is taller than I (wrong)

    He is taller than MY (wrong)

    He is taller than ME (correct)

    Let’s explain

    “I” will never be used at the end of sentence

    “I” is a subject

    I am going

    Now, if there are two subjects, “I” follows next

    For example

    Saddam and my are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going out of station (correct)

    Another example:-

    Saddam and me are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going to attend the event (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 24

     

    He wakes or He wake?

    Add (s) or (es) to verb with HE/SHE/IT

    He wake early (wrong)

    He wakes (not wake) early (correct)

     




    She go to school (wrong)

    She goes (not go) to school (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 25

     

    For or Since?

    Many people don’t know the proper use of FOR and SINCE

    “SINCE” is used for specific time

    Since 1997

    Since morning

    Since 2o’ clock

    Since yesterday

    Since afternoon

     

    “FOR” is used, when the time is not clear

    For many years (how many years?)

    For a day  (Which day)

    For the whole year (which year?)

    For two hours (which two hours of the day?)

     




    Mistake No. 26

     

    Cope up (wrong)

    Cope up with (wrong)

    Cope with (correct)

    He has to cope with challenges soon as I want to see him winner
    One must cope with adversities in every phase of life

     




    Mistake No. 27

    Many of you make spelling mistakes

    •  Acheive (wrong)
    •  Achieve (correct)
    • Wrong: Changeble
    • Right: Changeable
    • Wrong: Embarass
    • Right: Embarrass
    • Wrong: Garantee
    • Right: Guarantee
    • Wrong: Independant
    • Right: Independent
    • Wrong: Carnell
    • Right: Colonel
    • Wrong: Millenium
    • Right: Millennium
    • Wrong: Mispell
    • Right: Misspell
    • Wrong: Definately
    • Right: Definitely
    • Wrong: Fluorosent
    • Right: Fluorescent
    • Wrong: Jist
    • Right: Gist
    • Wrong: Immediatly
    • Right: Immediately
    • Wrong: Prefered
    • Right: Preferred
    • Wrong: Publically
    • Right: Publicly
    • Wrong: Seperate
    • Right: Separate
    • Wrong: Succesful
    • Right: Successful

     




     

    Mistake No. 28

     

    Many of you use SECOND or THIRD FORM with DID

    He didn’t slept (wrong)
    He didn’t sleep (correct)

    Always use THE FIRST FORM OF VERB with DID

    More example:-

    I didn’t complete the work on time, and I apologise for it

    He didn’t wash the clothes, even though I told him to

     

     




     

    Read : Basic tips to improve English like never before 

     

    Mistake No. 29

     

    Forming INTERROGATIVE QUESTIONS incorrectly

    You like to play football

    becomes

    Do you like to play football?

     

    Similarly,

    He watches the match becomes

    Does he watch the match? (“es” will be replaced with “DO” in the interrogative sentence )

    Likewise,
    Do they play pool?

     




     

    Mistake No. 30

     

    Not using PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE for the actions which have started in the past and are still in the continuation phase

    For example,

    She has been working in the office since 2007  (if she is still working)

    He has been working in the college for 2 years now (if he is still employed as a teacher)

     

     




    Mistake No. 31

    Frequent mistakes in English Grammar

    LIKES OR LIKE

    My brother like to play cricket (wrong)

    You need to know that WITH THE HELPING VERBS

    HE, SHE, IT – THE MAIN VERB WILL BE SINGULAR

    So, here as the subject is (BROTHER) is singular, so the verb will also be singular

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 32

     

    Me or My

    He is coming to meet my (wrong)

    He is coming to meet me (correct

    They are coming to me house (wrong)
    They are coming to my house (correct)

    MY is always used before a noun

    My pen

    My shirt

    My shoes

    My building

    My mango

    My table




     

    MISTAKE NO. 33

    You can speak loud (wrong)

    You can speak loudly (correct)

    They speak clear (wrong)

    They speak clearly (correct)

    She speaks slow (wrong)
    She speaks slowly (correct)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 34

    Never use “VERY BETTER”

    Simply say “BETTER” or “MUCH BETTER”

    The patient feels very better after taking medicine (wrong)
    The patient feels better after taking medicine (correct)
    or

    The patient feels much better after taking medicine (correct)

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 35

     

    I go or I goes?

    Always use the plural form of verb with “I”  (without “s” or “es”)

    I goes to school daily (Wrong)
    I eats pomegranate (Wrong)

    I likes this painting (wrong)

    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    I go to school daily (Correct)
    I eat pomegranate (Correct)
    I like this painting (Correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 36

     

    THEY HAVE OR THEY HAS?

     

    When there is I, WE, YOU, THEY – We always use HAVE OR HAD




    They has gone (wrong)
    You has eaten the mango (wrong)

    They have gone (correct)
    You have eaten the mango (Correct)




    Mistake No. 37

     

    Older or Elder ?

     




    Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,

    • He is older to me (correct)
    • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

    Now, I am explaining to you.

    We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”




    I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

    • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
    • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

    Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

     

     




    Mistake No. 38

    12:AM  12:PM or 12 Noon 12 Midnight?

     




    Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

    If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

    One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

    For example,

    I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

    I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 39

     

    One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations




    We usually say,

    I have given the examination (wrong)

    We should say

    I have taken the exam (right)

    Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?




     

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 40

    More thinner (wrong)
    Thinner (correct)

    I am more thinner than him (wrong)
    I am thinner than him (correct)




    Mistake No. 41

     

    In the month of March or On the month of March?

    In the month of March (correct

    Always use IN with months

    For example

    In Jan

    In Feb
    In Mar

    In Apr

    In May

    In June

    In July

    In Aug

    In Sep

    In Oct

    In Nov

    In Dec

     

     




    Mistake No. 42

    Our or Us

    They are coming to us house (wrong)
    They are coming to our house (correct)

    OUR will always be used before a noun

    For example

    Our house

    Our country

    Our flag

    Our chair

    Our desk

    US will be used in the following sentences

    He is coming to meet us

    They have invited us

     

     

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : How I improved my English and how you can too 

    Mistake No. 43

     

    Play or Plays  FOR I, WE YOU THEY??

    They plays the game of cricket very well (wrong)

    With the subjects such as I, WE YOU, THEY  the main verb will be plural that is (WITHOUT “S” OR “ES”
    They play the game of cricket very well (correct

    Similarly, for promouns such as

    I /WE / YOU/THEY PLAY CRICKET VERY WELL

    I /WE / YOU/THEY GO FOR MOVIE EVERY WEEKEND

    I /WE / YOU/THEY WATCH THE MOVIE TOGETHER

     

     




    Mistake No. 44

     

    Not knowing where to use “HE”, “HIS” AND “HIM”

    For example

    He is going to him house (wrong)

    He is going to he house (wrong)

    He is going to his house (correct)

    “HIS” is always used before a NOUN

    For example

    HIS PEN

    HIS BOOK

    HIS TABLE

    HIS COUNTRY

    HIS BOTTLE

    HIS SYRINGE

     

     




    Mistake No. 45

     

    Always use the singular form of the verb with “EACH” & “EVERY”

     

    Many of you don’t realise that with “Each” and “Every”, we use the singular form of verb

    For example

     

    Each of these boys write well  (Wrong)

    Each of these boys writes well (correct)

    Another example

    Each of you go to school daily (Wrong)
    Each of you goes to school daily (correct)
    There is “s” with write

    Everyone of you paint well (Wrong)

    Everyone of you paints well (Correct)
    Another example
    Everyone of you drive well (Wrong)
    Everyone of you drives well (Correct)




    Mistake No. 46

     

    Neither or Both?

    Use “Neither” instead of “Both” in the following negative sentences.

    For example,
    Both of you didn’t come (wrong)

    Neither of you came  (Correct)
    Both of them aren’t sincere towards their studies (wrong)

    Neither of them are sincere towards their studies (Correct)

     

    Both of us aren’t going to attend the party (wrong)
    Neither of us are attending the party (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 47

     

     

    Always use the THIRD FORM OF VERB if it is followed by “THE” (The + verb )

    For example,

    I can surely say that this is the good building in town (wrong)
    Why?

    Because, good is the first of verb

    I can surely say that this is the best building in town (correct)

     

    It is the better painting, I have ever seen (Wrong)
    “Better” is the second form

    It is the best painting, I have ever seen (Correct)




     

    Mistake No. 48

     

    Never use helping verbs “twice” such as in the following sentences:-

    When I will come, I will call you (wrong)

    “WILL” shouldn’t be used two times in one sentence

    When I come, I will call you (correct)

    The moment, he will arrive, he will text me (wrong)
    The moment he arrives, he will text me (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 49

     

    Listen me or “Listen to” me?

    He doesn’t listen me (wrong)
    He doesn’t “listen to” me (correct)

    Always use “LISTEN TO”

    OR

    “LISTENING TO”

    He is not listening to me
    They are not listening to them

    She is not listening to her

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 50

     

    Use correct form of WORD in sentences

     

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : Complete guide to improve English in months 

    Mistake No. 51

     

     

    Always use AT before time

    At 5o’clock
    At 7 pm

    Can you arrive at 5o’clock?
    I need to catch my flight.

     

    Mistake 52

     

    Our auditorium is in the 3rd floor (wrong)

    Our auditorium is on the 3rd floor. (correct)

     

     

    Mistake 53

    His brother-in-laws have arrive at the party (wrong)

    His brothers-in-law have arrived at the party (correct)

    The plural of BROTHER-IN-LAW IS “BROTHERS-IN-LAW”

    Same is

    Sisters-in-law

    Mothers-in-law

     

     

    Mistake 54

    She has golden hairs (wrong)
    She has golden hair (correct)

    HAIR is plural in itself, so it will be unchanged

     

    Mistake 55

     

    I prefer tea than coffee (wrong)
    I prefer tea to coffee (correct)

    Always use TO with PREFER

    For example,

    I prefer trouser to jeans

    I prefer Nigeria to United States



    Mistake No. 56

     

    Its high time, he improves his verbal English (wrong)
    It’s high, he improved his verbal English (correct)

    With “IT’S HIGH TIME”, we use past tense, to refer the present

    Other examples:-

    It’s high time, he demonstrated his skills

    It’s high time, he learned Arabic

    It’s high time, he drove car

     




    Difference between
    It’s and Its

    Its- Used for denoting possession
    It’s – Short version of It is

    For example

    Use of Its
    The truck broke its window panes, due to strong winds
    This house is slightly cost effective than its neighbours

    The flag in my house is standing strongly in its poll, even after strong winds

     

    Use of  It’s
    It’s normal for people to move like this here

    It’s going to be dark soon, so we should head back

    It’s normal for people to sleep early here

     

     




     

    Read : Top 3 mistakes English learners should never forget in 2018

     

    Mistake No. 57

     

    I am having two brothers and two sisters.(wrong)

    I have two brothers and two sisters (correct)




    Mistake No. 58

     

    Our house is near to the lake (wrong)
    Our house is near the lake (correct)

    Never use “TO” with “NEAR”

    For example,
    I live near my friend

    My pet is near me

    I live near the countryside

     




     

    Mistake No. 59

     

    Does she has a cycle? (wrong)

    Does she have a car? (correct)

    The main verb “HAVE” denotes ownership

     




    Mistake No. 60

    I like very much baseball (wrong)
    I like baseball very much (correct)

    Always use “VERY MUCH” at the end of sentence

    Other examples

    He likes mangoes very much

    They like the play very much

    She likes mango very much




     

    Mistake No. 61

     

    “Today office is there?”   (wrong)

    Say in the following manner:-

    Is today a working day? (correct)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Mistake 62

    I will be going or I will be go?

    In future Tenses, after “BE”, we always use (ing) in verb

    He will be go to school tomorrow (Wrong)
    They will be watch television later (Wrong)

    I will be visit park tomorrow (wrong)
    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    He will be going to school tomorrow (Correct)
    They will be watching television later (Correct)

    I will be visiting park tomorrow (Correct)




     

    Mistake 63

    Watch or See?

    We use “Watch”  when we are looking at something in an attentive manner

    For example
    We watch television (correct)
    We look television (wrong)

    I am watching the actions of a stranger for over a week now
    He watches me whenever I try to speak in English




     

    We use “See” where we get things on our way

    For example
    We see people sleep on pavements

    I see children playing in the open




    Mistake No. 64

    Their or There?

    There (used for a place)
    Their (refers to something which is owned and related to group)

    For example:-

    I go there (place)
    I am going to their house (House is owned by them)
    He is going there (place)
    He is going their office (Office is owned by them)




     

    Mistake No. 65

    Who vs. Which?

     

    Who is used for a HUMAN BEING

    WHICH is  used for an OBJECT

     

    For example

    Saddam is a nice human being who (not WHICH) loves helping people

    He is the person who likes to eat ice-cream

     

    He gave a book which (not WHO) is quite informative

    I have an ice-cream which is quite tasty

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 66

    Come or Return?

    We often say that

    We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

    The correct form should be

    We have returned from office or school (right)

    The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

    We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

     

    While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
    For example, we can say

    My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)




    Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

    Like

    My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

    Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”




     

    Mistake No. 67

    I came to school by walking (wrong)

    I came to school on foot. (correct)

     




     

    Mistake No. 68

    What is the time in your watch? (wrong)

    What is the time by your watch? (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 69

    Gone or Went?

    Most of you use “Went” in the following sentences:-
    For example

    She had ate the mango (wrong)

    Or

    She has went there  (Wrong)

    Correct sentences will be
    She has eaten the mango (correct)

    She has gone there (Correct)

    Tip to remember:-

    We use the third form of verb with HELPING VERN SUCH AS HAS/HAVE/HAD
    If there is any verb used with them, then it has to be the third form of verb

    In the above case

      1. “Ate” is the “2nd” form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “EATEN”
      2. “Went” is the 2nd form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “GONE”

       

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 70

     

    HAS / HAVE OR HAD?

    Many of you think that if in any sentence “HAS” “HAVE” or “HAD” is used then, it will be a “Present Perfect Tense.
    It is not like that.
    For example,
    I have a ball (No perfect sentence, it is infact Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense )
    Why?

    Because, there is no MAIN VERB is used.  “HAVE” in the above sentence is just a helping verb

    Other examples of Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense are as follows:-

    He has a pen

    You have a ball
    They have bags

    He has a pencil

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 71

     

    DID WENT OR DID GO?

    You need to add the FIRST FORM OF VERB in sentences where “DID” is used

    For example
    He didn’t went (wrong)

    He didn’t go (correct)

    They didn’t listened me (wrong)

    They didn’t listen (correct)




    You didn’t wanted me to go there (wrong)

    You didn’t want me to go there (correct)

    I didn’t liked the image (Wrong)

    I didn’t like the mango (correct)

    She didn’t watered the plants (Wrong)

    She didn’t water the plants (correct)

    YOU NEED TO ADD FIRST FORM OF VERB WITH DID (as above)




     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 72

     

    Mistake
    Never make nouns plural with EVERY

    For example

    Every students (wrong)
    Every pencils (wrong)

    Correct are
    Every student (correct)

    Every pencil (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 73

     

     

    Where I can find the washroom? (Wrong)
    Where can I find the washroom? (Correct)

     

    After “WHERE” helping verb will be used in the aforesaid INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

    Similarly,

    Where I can find your notes? (wrong)
    Where can I find your notes? (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 74

     

    Never Add “WHO’” with non-living things

    For example

    The book who you gave is quite informative (wrong)

    The book which you gave is quite informative (correct)
    Book is a non-living thing and we use WHICH instead of WHO

     

    The pencil who you gave is lost (wrong)
    The pencil which you gave is list (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 75

     

    Few or Less?

    Few is used with countable nouns

    Less with uncountable nouns

    For example:-

    I met few people today (not less people)
    He has given me less sugar where I can’t even prepare two cups of tea (Not few sugar)
    He has given me few coins (not less)
    We have less than an hour left  (not few)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 76

    Anyways (wrong)

    Anyway (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 77

    They need not to (wrong)

    They don’t need to (correct)

    Always, use helping verb after subject

    Another example

    He doesn’t need to eat heavy lunch at night

    They don’t need to play games for an hour




    Mistake No. 78

     

    Write the names of fruits with ink (wrong)

    Write the names of fruits  in ink (correct)

    INK is always denoted with “IN”

    In INK

     

     

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 79

     

    There or Their?

    I am going to there house to meet them (wrong)

    I am going to their house to meet them (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 80

     

    He is in call right now (wrong)

    He is on call right now (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 81

     

    My favourite match will be in television tonight (wrong)
    My favourite match will be on television tonight (correct)

     

    MISTAKE NO. 82

     

    I was on work all day (wrong)
    I was at work all day (correct)

    Always say AT work

    Where were you?

    I was at work




     

    Read : Don’t miss reading the post, if you want to pass interview  

     

    MISTAKE NO. 83

     

    Who or Whom?

    I consulted the doctor who I met on train (wrong)

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person ) (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 84

    Where to use “accept” and “except”

    Accept

    I except your offer, since it looks quite attractive (Wrong)

    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive (correct)

    They excepted my nature and pardoned me (wrong)
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me  (correct)

     

    Except

    The barracks were open for all the jailers, accept one (wrong)
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one (correct)

    Accept for him, all his family members were happy (wrong)

    Except for him, all his family members were happy (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 85

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 86

    How to write the same sentence in different ways :-

     

    I am excitedly waiting to hear the good news of my son’s success in exam

    I am waiting in excitement to get the pleasant news of my son’s success in exam

    Other example

    I am not surprised to know that U.S is going to send relief items to Iraq

    The news of U.S sending relief items to Iraq doesn’t surprise me




     

    MISTAKE NO. 87

     

    “Than” is used for comparing things
    For example
    There are more jars than plates in your kitchen

    “Then” is used for time related actions and events
    For example:-
    Come by 11 tonight, I will be at home by then

     




    MISTAKE NO. 88

    What time it is? (wrong)
    What time is it ? (correct)

    Always use the helping verb first in the Interrogative sentences

    Other examples

    What are you going to do after Class 12th?

    What will happen to your old car?

     




    Mistake No. 89

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered to me (wrong)

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered me (correct)

    Always say

    Answered me

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 90

    One of my friend is a doctor (wrong)
    One of my friends is a doctor (correct)

    The noun will always be plural with ONE OF MY

    Other examples

    One of my pen

    One of my books

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 91

    Me or My

    I want you to be me friend (wrong)

    I want you to be my friend (correct)




    MISTAKE NO. 92

    12 :am or 12 : pm

    12 is neither AM or PM

    It is either 12 NOON or 12 midnight




     

    MISTAKE NO. 93

     

    Yours sincerely or Yours lovingly?

    In Formal Letter, always say
    Your sincerely or Your faithfully

     

    While in Informal letters,

    say

    Yours lovingly




     

    MISTAKE NO. 94

    Call he (wrong)

    Call him (correct)

    Similarly,

    Call them

    Call her

    Call us

    Call me

    Call you

     




    Read : Want to pass interview? Read these tips 

    MISTAKE NO. 95

     

    Farther and Further?

    “Farther” is used to denote a considerable distance

    For example:-

    His rocket landed farther down the road than mine

    “Further” is used to denote an action which is ahead

    For example
    The fight between the two parties will lead to further damage

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 96

     

    I wore a jeans (wrong)
    I wore a pair of jeans (correct)
    I wore jeans (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 97

    Noun – Practice

    The physician’s practice

    Verb – Practise

    How long have you been practising management?

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 98

     

    The client has ordered for a wedding cake (wrong)

    The client has ordered a wedding cake (correct)

     

    Other examples:-
    He has ordered a mobile online

    The doctor has ordered a stethoscope

     




     

     

    Mistake No. 99

     

    More taller (wrong)
    Taller (correct

    He is more taller than you (wrong)
    He is taller than you (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 100

    On Sunday or In Sunday?

    Always use ON with days of the week

    For example

    On Sunday

    On Monday

    On Tuesday
    On Wednesday
    On Thursday

    On Friday

    On Saturday

     




     

    Mistake No. 101

     

     

    Where to use
    He – His – Him

    I – my – me

    We – Our – Us
    You – Your – You

    They – Their – Them

     

     

    His- My – Our – Your – Their – will always be used before a noun
    For example

    His pen

    My pen

    Our Pen

    Your Pen
    Their Pen

    Him- Me – Us – You – Them – will always be used alone (without a noun)

    For example:-

    They are going to meet him

    They are going to meet me

    They are going to meet us

    They are going to meet you

    They are going to meet them

     

    Read :   How to start improving English now  

     

     




     

     

     

     




    Accept and Except
    Accept – To receive
    Except – Exclude
    Confusion starts, as both of them looks quite similar , but have totally different meaning




    Sentences with ACCEPT

    Let’s help you in creating sentences so that you can actually their individual meaning
    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me
    He will accept me, as I have told the truth
    The management accepted my letter of apology, as a letter my respect for them has increased further
    The cops didn’t accept the fact that the man stole the valuables




    Sentences with Except




    I took every medicine recommended except this one, but now I realise that I should have taken before.
    Except today all the days were cloudy this week
    All my friends were going to zoo, except me
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one
    Except for him, all his family members were happy
    Except this year, I got promotion everyyear

    Now, take part in the QUIZ

    [wp_quiz_pro id=”2749″]

    Read : 15 English grammar mistakes you are making in 2018




     

     

     

     




    Who and Whom – Mistakes

     

    Who is the subjective pronoun like I, we, you, they, He , she, it
    Whom is the objective pronoun Like me, us, you, them, him, her




    Who and Whom both denotes the human-beings, But, their use is different

    Whom – Where is it used?

    Will be used for an individual – no organization or company
    No sentence will start with “Whom”
    Whom will always be used in the middle

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person )




     

    Who – Where is it used?

    It is used for subjective pronouns such as I, we you, they, he, she, it
    For example
    Who was the doctor whom you consulted?
    Ans. I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person)

     

    Let’s take the use of “Who”

     

    Who was that person?
    He is my friend

    Who was with you yesterday?
    He was my English Teacher
    Who was accompanying you last night?
    He was my mentor
    Who was with you in car?
    He was my father.




     

     

    Let’s take use of “WHOM”

    I met the architect in my office whom I greeted in the party last night

    I am very happy to shake hands with the Prime Minister whom I met at the airport.

    Whom  should I talk for getting this work done in the department?

    To who was this letter directed?

    Whom do you believe for getting this work done professionally?

    I am in a fix with whom, I am going to partner for the show

     







    How to improve english complete guide

    Highly recommended book
    Buy only, if you are really serious to purchase.

    As a 11 years experienced Teacher, I want to say that I normally don’t recommend any book, but then this book will MAKE THE PLEASANT DIFFERENCE WITH YOUR ENGLISH GRAMMAR




    Hi Everyone,

    This is your English Ma’am who is going to reveal those secrets towards improving English which you wouldn’t have heard anywhere uptill now.

    Yes, hold tight , as the following long and researched post will give you a new easy way to improve English by removing the perception that English is boring or difficult to learn.

    Yes, after the end of the post, you will know, it is so easy to learn and improve, based on the proper guidance.

    Yes, as a 10 years experienced English Teacher, I am going to reveal the easiest ways.

    Before, proceeding further, let me ask you few things.




    Do you know that just by taking out 15 minutes from your schedule, you can actually help you get a sense of how to move forward with regards to improving your English?

    Are you very serious to improve your English now?

    Aren’t you getting a high-paying job just because you don’t know English well?

    If yes, has been the answer to all the queries above, then you are at the right place.

    Now, take out atleast 15 minutes to read the following post about how you can actually start to speak and write in English and pass banking exam successfully

    Yes, by the time, you will read the post, your basics will be clear to a great extent, provided that you show seriousness.

    English is important in any field. So, if you are the masters in it, then potentially you can reach the zenith earlier, as compared to others. Therefore, it is important to polish skills.

    In the following article, I am sharing my experiences of how I mastered over this language in a full fledged way along with giving easy and practical steps which will help English Learners massively.




    My passion for enhancing English skills grew from my childhood days as I was in early years of my schooling. Till I was in class 6th, my English was not even upto the mark then. I used to get punishment from teachers as well as parents for failing to get requisite marks in any subject and English was not an exception.

    Although, I was able to understand to what others used to speak, yet I couldn’t communicate with them in English and I believe that most of us face such predicament. Isn’t it?

    You might not believe that it was the reality that I used to bring all the English dailies in the morning such as “Times of India”, “Hindustan Times”, “Pioneer” for polishing my English. Of all the newspapers, what I found in “Pioneer” was that, it offers comparably easy use of words. Therefore, initially, I would recommend this newspaper for those who want to learn skills of English. Because, when I say easy use of words, I mean as compared to other English dailies.

    However, soon I got counseling from one of my uncles who equally happened to be a HOD in a University. He is a really nice man. I must say. He gave me enough reasons to polish my English, since all other subjects are primarily based on English as well and later on even a high paying professional life is based on good grasp of English language. So, if I will improve my English, I can equally be able to have a better control over other subjects too which can equally help me get the job of my dream. That was the day which proved to be a change for me.

     

    He suggested me to purchase the following book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

     

    I am telling from my own personal experience that the difference which I found with the book has been awesome and due to polishing my English further, I got confidence and enrolled myself for a mass communication course in Lucknow University after passing with high grades in 10+2 and soon started working for a newspaper namely Hindustan Times. You can also check out my published article down below (with my name)

    The best professionally viable difference was that I continue to get my articles published. You can check my other post published in Hindustan Times below

    Years before, the book was doing its work. Yes, you guessed it right that it started to help me know the most impeccable English right from basics. Yes, it was something which I couldn’t even think of otherwise. I started getting my concept clear with perfection. Yes, there wasn’t even an iota of doubt or confusion now. It has been years, still I know what I had learnt way back then and all of those awesome concepts and basic understanding is still fresh in my mind.

    For example, I came to know many of the following things:-

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say




    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

    I can’t go in detail about whole grammar in the post though. But you can surely help yourself by purchasing the book English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

     

    The book was an eye opener for me and along with the same, I equally thanked my Uncle and persuaded him to continue to give guidance side-by-side and he obliged. My passion started growing when I started seeing the pleasant change.

    When I used to read the English Grammar book, I made it a point of writing the words which I did not know the meaning of. That gave me enough reasons to strengthen my vocabulary as well. How can I miss watching English news channels? As I said that it became my passion, so I used to get enjoyment by watching news channels and I equally used to closely monitor the way certain words were pronounced. Since, that’s equally matter as well.




    I made it a point to listen news by keeping “pen” and “piece of paper” handy, in order to jot down the difficult words. Although, considering flawless and speedy way the anchors speak English, I couldn’t get a grasp of certain words, yet that was only short lived, since I started getting familiar with the words.

    How English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

    continue to skyrocket my career . Let’s find out more :-

    My uncle was equally upbeat since I used to make use of new words. He also advised me to stand in front of mirror in order to communicate with yourself by looking at your eyes. This was equally another pleasant change which I experienced. This exercise is a must, if you want to enhance your confidence. As you speak in such a fashion, it gives you enough boost towards working on your aim.

    Months passed by and soon even my classmates started getting the feel of how passionate I am towards English. If they come across with any word in any subject, they used to ask me and thankfully I have the answer to most of them.




    The kind of passion which I had for English can be gauged from the fact that I used to score the highest marks in English. Interestingly, when the teacher used to speak out marks of the subject, all the heads used to roll towards me in bewilderment.

    The benefits which English had in my schooling days:-

    • Earlier, it became extremely difficult for me to mug up long answers, since my English was not even up to the mark. It was so poor that I couldn’t even comprehend as to what was written. Therefore, in the event when I forgot certain words, my whole answer becomes meanigless.
    • However, later on I started learning the whole essence and I was in a position to write answers in my own words, thus impressing my teacher as well.

    For those who want to sharpen their English, there are list of things which one should follow (I am telling from my own experience)




    • Get English newspaper namely “Pioneer” and the paper can long last through a week. Since, you can’t read more than once side of a paper daily. Write down the meaning of the difficult words which you come across by goggling or referring dictionary what ever eases you.
    • Purchase the English Grammar book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 
    • Make a habit of taking out time from 8:45 till 9:15 at night and listen to AIR (National Radio). You know why I am saying is that they air Hindi news in the first half and exactly English version of the same in the second half. It will help you too, like the way it helped me.
    • Communicate yourself in front of mirror
    • Listen to English news channels and have pen and paper ready to write down the English words.

    To the best of my knowledge, that sums up my entire experience towards sharpening my skills.

    Try to learn one new word on daily basis and most importantly introspect like the way it is used in the sentence.

    The irony is, most of us only emphasize on the need to learn a new word, but I am telling from my own experience that it is equally important to refer dictionary and closely look at the way the specific word is used in the sentence.

    After all, English is all about learning the intricacies. One of the most common mistakes which people commit while making the use of “older” and “elder”

    Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,




    • He is older to me (correct)
    • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

    Now, I am explaining to you.

    We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”

    I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

    • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
    • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

    Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

    Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

    If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

    One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

    For example,

    I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

    I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

    One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations

    We usually say,

    I have given the examination (wrong)

    We should say

    I have taken the exam (right)

    Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?

     




    We also unknowingly make the following mistakes and we don’t realise, so it is important to know them in detail as well:-

    The food is good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with FOOD)

    The food is tasty, sumptuous, mouthwatering or delicious (You can use any one amongst these four for food)

    We shouldn’t say

    The match was good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with Match)

    The correct form is

    The match was interesting, electrifying etc.

    Similarly, if we want to compliment any girl, we use “beautiful” while for boys we use “handsome”.

    These are some of small things which matters a lot in the long run and I came to know through the book

    Hence, besides learning the new word, you will equally know the way to use it in your sentence (I have told you in the above example)




     

    It is important to learn synonymous (words which hold the same meaning). You know why I am saying this is while writing content, you shouldn’t use the same word again and again since it will distract your readers and they will not come again to read it.

    Now,

    For example while writing content if I have to use the word “sad” again and again, I will rather not repeat it. Since, I know there are so many words which I can use in its place.

    For example,

    1. I am sad

    It can be done written in another way such as

    1. I am depressed
    2. I am feeling low
    3. I am a bit disturbed
    4. I am not feeling good

    I am giving another example which will equally help you understand in a better way as well:-

    I hate lazy people

    It can be done written in another way such as




    • I don’t like people who are lazy
    • I don’t like people who don’t do any thing

    There are so many ways I can compensate this word while expressing my state of mind to the readers. Hence, readers can equally maintain their interest.

    I can convey my expressions in various words without facing any sort of problem in the process.

    I am again emphasizing on the basic fact that I just made it a point towards thoroughly studying the grammar book along with reading newspapers and making sure that I grasp new words. Again I am emphasizing over the fact that I am extremely careful while using different words.

    I grew in an English medium background and I always had tremendous interest towards learning as well as polishing skills. Studying in an English medium background has its fair share of challenges as well since every one in the school expected me to have great hold of English and to be at par with their acceptations was something which I have to do any how.




    Have a look at my experiences

    In order to help you further, I need to share my additional experiences as well, after all they matter a lot towards helping you to overcome them

    The problem which I faced while sharpening my English skills- Earlier 

    I wasn’t getting a proper environment where I can talk with my friends of family members. Although, I tried talking to them, yet most of them were not supportive. Honestly speaking, I couldn’t blame them as well, since they neither had much grasp about the language, nor they had any interest in the same as well. In return, I had to face lots of sarcasm from them as they said that I am trying to become an English man and similar such sorts of comments.

    There was a phase when I used to feel that all my hard-work is going down the drain. I made full use of my holidays as well as free time by writing letters as well as essays on daily basis after getting guidance from English grammar book. Apart from that, I also used to watch English news channels.

    So, my main motive to write the post is that if you feel that you are not getting due share of your hard work, don’t worry, you will eventually get provided that you stick doing to what I have told you in my earlier posts.




    1. The thing which I will suggest you is to be habitual of watching English news channels on daily basis. If you are in the learning phase, it is important for you to come across with new words so that you can memorize them. Hence, there is a very little chance that they (words) will slip from your mind (owing to the fact that you will be in full practice)
    2. However, I devised another innovative trick which I missed mentioning earlier and that was to do the cricket commentary by muting the television. After all, every one of us love cricket to the core and why not to comment by muting it off. This will further make your journey of sharpening your skills a lot easy like never before. Since, the more you speak yourself, the better it is going to be for you towards enhancing the powers.

    English has seen few changes in the process as well. For example,

    1. In my earlier days, I have been grown up learning that, with pronouns such as “I” and “We”, we are supposed to use the helping word “Shall” and for other pronouns in the form of “He”, “She”, “It”, “We” and They”, we will use “Will”. However, that hasn’t been the case now. Since, with any pronouns we only use “Will”. For example,

    I will go there.

    He will return from there.

    If you want to know more of such tricky and awesome English grammar uses, then purchase the below book




      English is regarded to be a funny language and if the learning phase is devoid of fun and frolic, then you possibly won’t enjoy much. On the same lines, there is a word namely “Gay” which was primarily used for “Happiness”. I still remember that I have used this word so many times primarily to express my state of mind by saying, that I am gay. However, with the passage of time, it’s another meaning possibly held a far greater significance and if today, I will use this word again, then in all probability, others will be confused and surprised regarding my gender as well. Isn’t it?

    In English, we would have often use the word “Come” and “return” and all of us know their meaning as well. However, when it comes to their proper usage of words, we often make the most prominent mistake.

    For example,

    We often say that

    We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

    The correct form should be

    We have returned from office or school (right)

    The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

    We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

    While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
    For example, we can say

    My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)

    Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

    Like

    My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

    Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”

     




    Let’s take a look at the other mistakes which I realised after going through English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

    We often compliment something or the other if we felt good. However, rarely do we use the most importance word during such times,

    Apart from these, one of the other things which you need to start preparing yourself is about Active and Passive Voice




     

    For example

    The lion killed the deer (Active Voice)

    The deer was killed by the lion (Passive Voice)

    As a blogger cum writer, if you are told to re-write a certain paragraph, then you can easily make the best use of this knowledge.

    My experience

    One of my other experiences which I am sharing in the post relates to the time when I was in class Third standard. I still remember that the teacher asked me about my hobbies and I said “Computer”. She corrected me by saying that it should be

    “I love playing on computer”

    or




    “I love working on computer”

    Similarly, those who love music, when being asked about their hobbies, they should say that they “love listening music”.

    Same goes with other hobbies as well.

    I am going to further furnish more knowledgeable posts, which will make your journey of writing as well as speaking English easy like never before.

    In all the earlier posts, I have been trying my level best to tell you intricacies as well in order to help you further.

    Grammar is regarded to be the backbone without which you possibly can’t polish the English skills. Hence, make sure that you are well versed with the tenses.

    These are few of the most common mistakes which we do. I am going to tell you more in other posts.

    • Due to the rampant use of internet, do take out time to read online newspapers in English since it will give you enough boost.
    • How can you forget to go through the posts of renowned bloggers? This is another sure cut exercise by which you will become more confident in your approach.

    It is not possible for me to explain each and every tense, and  the best thing is that you can easily check the concepts here

    English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 




    which help you get a grasp of both written and spoken English, like never before. It will indeed assist you for sure, as I have myself checked the same. What more do you want, when it is reasonably priced as well.
    Also practise saying the same thing in other way, as it helps you to increase your vocabulary

    63 (and counting) ways to begin the sentence with “I love it when”

    I am writing the following sentences to start with the word

    “I love it when”

    1. he shows respect towards me
    2. everybody listens to me
    3. there are no haters
    4. poor are fed infront of my eyes
    5. everyone is nice to me
    6. you show care to me
    7. there is a transparent procedure maintained in recruitment by the concerned departments
    8. they don’t make fun of me
    9. you start talking to me
    10. my mother cooks delicious food



    1. they have their best strategies to plan for my upcoming holiday session
    2. you have every beautiful thing to say to me
    3. they have stopped backbiting
    4. my children kiss me
    5. my father gives pocket money everyday
    6. poor are fed by rich
    7. you are the one who understands me
    8. my hubby calls me every evening
    9. my wife cooks my favorite dish
    10. my parents bestow love and affection to me
  • they give scant regard to the allegations of others
  • the whole world thinks me to be a sweet person
  • my exams are delayed for another week
  • the incessant rains declare school holiday
  • I get the prize of my hardwork
  • my hubby stands with me, no matter what
  • people recognize my skills
  • I get my share of success through increment
  • There is no bitter news about the suferings in the world on anyday
  • she is the one to call me first on my birthday
    1. I get the instant message from my wife who is out in her hometown
    2. my parents easily agree to my demand
    3. I have my favorite chocolate
    4. Nobody interuppts me from plying my favorite game
    5. My friends respect me truly as they believe me
    6. The whole words seems to be beautiful with all the nicest people
    7. There is no poverty or hatred left in the world
    8. I have been the obvious choice for my parents to go to picnic
    9. No body has anything to say bad behind my back
    10. Promises are kept
    1. People around the globe live a happy life
    2. Everyone is simply so sweet to me
    3. People praise me behind their back
    4. Victims get the justice
    5. Accuse get behind the bars
    6. Concerned authorities do their job by hearing the concerns of victims
    7. People may not be rich, but they have big heart and are equally ready to help others
    8. Everyone is ready to learn from their mistakes
    9. Seniors love their juniors while they get respect in return too
    10. The world greets everybody on the account of festivals
    1. Different religions co-exist
    2. People may be rich, but they still have big heart where they show their concern for downtrodden
    3. The examples of humanity enforce the fact that the world is still beautiful
    4. The crime has fallen to an all time low
    5. I watch comedy shows as this is my hobby
    6. People distribute water in a hot summer day
    7. Auto drivers return the lost baggage of their clients
    8. I attend marriage parties of my friends
    9. My parents are happy
    10. My friends give moral support to me especially when I am down



    Read : 50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    1. People run to help elders on road
    2. Justice is not actually delayed
    3. We as people give birth to a safe and secured society

    50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    One of my readers asked the ways to use the word “it”

    So, it necessitates me to write the following post in order to help you guys understand, the correct method “it” is actually used in English grammar

    The word “it” is just a means to start a sentence.

    There are other following sentences starting with the word “it”

    1. It may rain today
    2. It is hot
    3. It will be very windy in few minutes
    4. It is a good scripture
    5. It will look good on you
    6. It is going to create history
    7. It will bring a revolution
    8. It may harm you
    9. It is cold outside
    10. It may bring a certain level of discomfort

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too

    1. It will indeed going to make everyone embarrassed
    2. It is the best advice which I have possibly got in years
    3. It will certainly be the best time of my life
    4. It will bring two countries closer
    5. It is going to be the best time of my life
    6. It may bring my friend think twice
    7. It will never rain during this time of the year
    8. It is going to be the worst moment of the history
    9. It may bring enough cheers to the people who were expecting celebration of sorts
    10. It will indeed be the best way to lead a life of happiness

    Read : How to polish English skills – Second Post




    1. It may never feel that way, but it actually shows
    2. It will certainly be etched in my memory forever
    3. It will be necessary for me to shout at you now
    4. It is going to be possibly the best time of my life
    5. It will indeed be etched in the memory forever
    6. It is going to have its repurcussions for people
    7. It may look wrong, but it is actually right
    8. It should look awkward considering so many decorative materials attached to it
    9. It is going to be the worst dress which you will wear
    10. It will infact make you famous for all the wrong reasons

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too?




    1. It shouldn’t come as a surprise, but you are the best person, I have come across with
    2. It will be quite a serene atmosphere considering that the storm has just passed by
    3. It will truly be the most coveted moment considering I have my family with me
    4. It may look pleasant to the ears of others, but not mine
    5. It will be a showpiece which history will remember for all the wrong reasons
    6. It is going to be the best way to take revenge from this man, who has no ettiquettes
    7. It will be the best thing you could have done for his kind deeds
    8. It is one life, so you can either live it to the fullest or destroy it by indulging in immoral activities
    9. It is going to be the classic show, as the actors from different countries of the world are taking part
    10. It may be the best way to counter his allegations, but I am certainly not interested

    Read : How I polished my English Skills- Forth post




    1. It will be quite a historical moment, considering two nations coming together for an amicable solution to the long pending issue
    2. It is right on your part
    3. It has been said multiple times, but still he doesn’t seem to understand
    4. It is going to be the best phase for him considering the fact that he has just been released from the prison to start the life afresh
    5. It will look good on him provided he mends his way and develops respect for his elders
    6. It should only be useful, if you know how you can better make use of this machine
    7. It shouldn’t bother you, as you have got all the paper work authenticating your honesty
    8. It will be the best moment, which you should consider as you are already free from all the charges
    9. It will be the most awesome moment as he has just won the long pending case today
    10. It will create moments of history for his family who has the credit of travelling to different places of the world in style.

    Read : How I polished my English skills – Fifth post




    1. It isn’t the place which I have visited last time
    2. It is fine, but I need more choices to make my decision
    3. It can create a certain level of confusion for the visiting delegates
    4. It should be what people actually desire and wish for
    5. It will be morally correct, but again not everyone will be ready to agree on this

    I would have highly recommend you to purchase the following English Grammar Book, if you are really serious towards polishing your written and oral English


    As you purchase the book, you will know the real difference it makes for someone who has great hunger to improve English, but wasn’t able to, uptill now. The book will open thousands of morale boosting, simple and easy techniques right from basics to help you improve your English. Being a reasonably priced one, you can surely expect HAPPY TIMES ahead as well.




     

    Read : 101 Golden Rules to improve English

     

     

     

     

    Mistake No. 1

    Many of you while introducing yourself say

    Myself I am Saddam (wrong)

    I am Saddam (correct)

     

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 2

     

    Use Apostrophe in the right position

    Saddam book (wrong)

    Saddam’s book  (book belongs to Saddam)

    Arpits pen (wrong)
    Arpit’s pen (pen belongs to Arpit)

     

     

    Mistake No. 3

     

    Let us go by walk. (wrong)

    Let us walk.  (correct)

    Read : Know Interview questions from experts to get  a high-paying job 

     

    Mistake No. 4

     

    He asked me where do I stay? (wrong)
    He asked me where I stay (correct)

    NEVER USE DO/DOES/DID in reported speech

    Other examples
    They asked me , where I work

    I asked them, where they play baseball

    He asked them, where they sleep

     

    Mistake No. 5

     




    Too or To?

    Use of “TOO”

    It is too hot

    The weather is too cold

     

    Use of “TO”

    I will go to his house

    He is supposed to return to his place

     

     

    Mistake No. 6

    He is twenty-five years (wrong)

    He is twenty-five years old (correct)

     

    Read : Don’t miss these basic tips to improve English 

     

    Mistake No. 7

     

    They have left smoking (wrong)

    They have stopped smoking (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 8

     

    I have a good news for you related with your career  (wrong)
    I have good news for you related with your career (correct)

    Always say

    I have good news

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 9

     

    The rain is happening (wrong)
    It is raining (correct)




    Always use “IT” in similar sentences.

    For example,

    It is a hot day

    It is windy

    It is cloudy

     




     

    Mistake No. 10

     

    This is not a proper way, to approach to this question (wrong)
    This is not a proper way to approach this question (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 11

    Verb will be used in relation with the subejct

    Your verb is only defined by the subject. If your subject is plural, then the verb will be plural and if the subject is singular, then it will be singular.

    For example:-
    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar was in vain (wrong)
    Here, the subject is “efforts” which is plural, so you have to place the plural verb

    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar were in vain (correct)

     

    Similarly,

    He along with friends were discharged from hospital (wrong)

    Here, the subject is “HE” so, you have to use the verb in SINGULAR FORM

     

    He along with friends was discharged from hospital (correct)

     

    Another example:-

    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch was simply useless (wrong)

    “Attempts” are plural, so “WERE” is used
    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch were simply useless (correct)

    Saddam along with Sadeeq is going for a dinner

    “Saddam” is singular so “is” used

    Sadeeq together with his friends is playing cricket.




    Read : How to pass interview for a lucrative job

    Mistake No. 12

     

     

    Give an exam (wrong)
    Take an exam (correct)

    If someone has appeared in the exam, then we can say

    He/She has taken exam (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 13

     

     

    Correct use of They and Their

    They are going to them house (wrong)
    They are going to their house (correct)
    I will be going to them house (wrong)
    I will be going to their house (correct)

     

     

    “THEIR” will always be used before a noun

    In the above sentences : House is a noun, and “THEIR” is used before it

    Similarly,
    I have taken their book for a day

    BOOK is  a noun and I have used “THEIR” before that.

    THEIR pen

    THEIR computer

    THEIR cupboard

    THEIR bed-sheet

    THEIR account

    THEIR auditorium

     

     




     

    Read : Easiest of tips to improve English in months  

     

    Mistake No. 14

     

    Reply back / Revert back  (wrong)

    Reply / Revert  (correct)

    Since, “REVERT”  or “REPLY” itself means, the same thing, so we don’t have to use BACK

    So, we can say

    Kindly, revert at the earliest

    or

    Kindly reply, as soon as possible

     




     

    Mistake No. 15

     

     

    Everybody must listen to their inner voice (wrong)
    Everybody must listen to HIS or HER inner voice (correct)

     

    When the subject is EVERYBODY” we don’t use pronoun THEIR, we use HIS or HER

    Another example

    Everybody must do his or her work diligently

     

    Similarly,  no one, and nobody anyone, anybody, everyone, everybody, someone,somebody are always singular.




     

    Mistake No. 16

     

    Mistake
    Me and Saddam live here  (wrong)
    Saddam and I live here (Correct)

    Hint – If there are two people, always use yourself second and denote yourself with “I”

    Another example:-

    Sadeeq and I like mango
    John and I sleep here

     




     

    Mistake No. 17

     

    Mistake
    It is more cold today (wrong)
    It is colder today (correct

    You should know positive, comparative and superlative degrees

    For example,
    Cold (positive) Colder (comparative) Coldest (superlative)

    He is more short than me (wrong)
    He is shorter than me (Correct)
    Short (Positive) Shorter (comparative) Shortest (Superlative)




     

    Mistake No. 18

     

    Mistake

    How many pencils you have? (wrong)
    How many pencils do you have (correct)

    In order to know HOW I HAVE DONE

    Simply break the sentence in the following way

    First write a simple sentence

    • You have pencils
    • Do you have pencils?
    • How many pencil do you have?

    Another example:-

    Where has he gone ? or Where he has gone ?
    Correct one is
    Where has he gone ?
    Now, let’s break in the following ways:-

    • He has gone
    • Has he gone there
    • Where has he gone?

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 19

     

    Always use “IN” for months

    In January/March/September/December

    For example,
    He will be here in May

    I will go to Indonesia in December

     




     

    Mistake No. 20

     

    Always use “ON” before DAYS OF THE WEEK

    For example,
    On Sunday/Monday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/Saturday

    I will catch him on Sunday

     

    Grammatical Mistakes which many of you make, but don’t realise

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 21

    Many a times (wrong)
    Many times (correct)
    or
    Many a time (correct)

     




    MISTAKE NO. 22

     

    Lose or Loose?

    Lose (verb)- To Win
    Loose (adjective) Not tight

    He will lose the match like this (used as verb)
    This shirt is too loose  (used as adjective)

    Hope, the difference is clear now

     




    Not knowing where to use I, ME or MY

    He is taller than I (wrong)

    He is taller than MY (wrong)

    He is taller than ME (correct)

    Let’s explain

    “I” will never be used at the end of sentence

    “I” is a subject

    I am going

    Now, if there are two subjects, “I” follows next

    For example

    Saddam and my are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going out of station (correct)

    Another example:-

    Saddam and me are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going to attend the event (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 24

     

    He wakes or He wake?

    Add (s) or (es) to verb with HE/SHE/IT

    He wake early (wrong)

    He wakes (not wake) early (correct)

     




    She go to school (wrong)

    She goes (not go) to school (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 25

     

    For or Since?

    Many people don’t know the proper use of FOR and SINCE

    “SINCE” is used for specific time

    Since 1997

    Since morning

    Since 2o’ clock

    Since yesterday

    Since afternoon

     

    “FOR” is used, when the time is not clear

    For many years (how many years?)

    For a day  (Which day)

    For the whole year (which year?)

    For two hours (which two hours of the day?)

     




    Mistake No. 26

     

    Cope up (wrong)

    Cope up with (wrong)

    Cope with (correct)

    He has to cope with challenges soon as I want to see him winner
    One must cope with adversities in every phase of life

     




    Mistake No. 27

    Many of you make spelling mistakes

    •  Acheive (wrong)
    •  Achieve (correct)
    • Wrong: Changeble
    • Right: Changeable
    • Wrong: Embarass
    • Right: Embarrass
    • Wrong: Garantee
    • Right: Guarantee
    • Wrong: Independant
    • Right: Independent
    • Wrong: Carnell
    • Right: Colonel
    • Wrong: Millenium
    • Right: Millennium
    • Wrong: Mispell
    • Right: Misspell
    • Wrong: Definately
    • Right: Definitely
    • Wrong: Fluorosent
    • Right: Fluorescent
    • Wrong: Jist
    • Right: Gist
    • Wrong: Immediatly
    • Right: Immediately
    • Wrong: Prefered
    • Right: Preferred
    • Wrong: Publically
    • Right: Publicly
    • Wrong: Seperate
    • Right: Separate
    • Wrong: Succesful
    • Right: Successful

     




     

    Mistake No. 28

     

    Many of you use SECOND or THIRD FORM with DID

    He didn’t slept (wrong)
    He didn’t sleep (correct)

    Always use THE FIRST FORM OF VERB with DID

    More example:-

    I didn’t complete the work on time, and I apologise for it

    He didn’t wash the clothes, even though I told him to

     

     




     

    Read : Basic tips to improve English like never before 

     

    Mistake No. 29

     

    Forming INTERROGATIVE QUESTIONS incorrectly

    You like to play football

    becomes

    Do you like to play football?

     

    Similarly,

    He watches the match becomes

    Does he watch the match? (“es” will be replaced with “DO” in the interrogative sentence )

    Likewise,
    Do they play pool?

     




     

    Mistake No. 30

     

    Not using PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE for the actions which have started in the past and are still in the continuation phase

    For example,

    She has been working in the office since 2007  (if she is still working)

    He has been working in the college for 2 years now (if he is still employed as a teacher)

     

     




    Mistake No. 31

    Frequent mistakes in English Grammar

    LIKES OR LIKE

    My brother like to play cricket (wrong)

    You need to know that WITH THE HELPING VERBS

    HE, SHE, IT – THE MAIN VERB WILL BE SINGULAR

    So, here as the subject is (BROTHER) is singular, so the verb will also be singular

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 32

     

    Me or My

    He is coming to meet my (wrong)

    He is coming to meet me (correct

    They are coming to me house (wrong)
    They are coming to my house (correct)

    MY is always used before a noun

    My pen

    My shirt

    My shoes

    My building

    My mango

    My table




     

    MISTAKE NO. 33

    You can speak loud (wrong)

    You can speak loudly (correct)

    They speak clear (wrong)

    They speak clearly (correct)

    She speaks slow (wrong)
    She speaks slowly (correct)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 34

    Never use “VERY BETTER”

    Simply say “BETTER” or “MUCH BETTER”

    The patient feels very better after taking medicine (wrong)
    The patient feels better after taking medicine (correct)
    or

    The patient feels much better after taking medicine (correct)

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 35

     

    I go or I goes?

    Always use the plural form of verb with “I”  (without “s” or “es”)

    I goes to school daily (Wrong)
    I eats pomegranate (Wrong)

    I likes this painting (wrong)

    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    I go to school daily (Correct)
    I eat pomegranate (Correct)
    I like this painting (Correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 36

     

    THEY HAVE OR THEY HAS?

     

    When there is I, WE, YOU, THEY – We always use HAVE OR HAD




    They has gone (wrong)
    You has eaten the mango (wrong)

    They have gone (correct)
    You have eaten the mango (Correct)




    Mistake No. 37

     

    Older or Elder ?

     




    Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,

    • He is older to me (correct)
    • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

    Now, I am explaining to you.

    We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”




    I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

    • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
    • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

    Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

     

     




    Mistake No. 38

    12:AM  12:PM or 12 Noon 12 Midnight?

     




    Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

    If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

    One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

    For example,

    I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

    I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 39

     

    One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations




    We usually say,

    I have given the examination (wrong)

    We should say

    I have taken the exam (right)

    Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?




     

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 40

    More thinner (wrong)
    Thinner (correct)

    I am more thinner than him (wrong)
    I am thinner than him (correct)




    Mistake No. 41

     

    In the month of March or On the month of March?

    In the month of March (correct

    Always use IN with months

    For example

    In Jan

    In Feb
    In Mar

    In Apr

    In May

    In June

    In July

    In Aug

    In Sep

    In Oct

    In Nov

    In Dec

     

     




    Mistake No. 42

    Our or Us

    They are coming to us house (wrong)
    They are coming to our house (correct)

    OUR will always be used before a noun

    For example

    Our house

    Our country

    Our flag

    Our chair

    Our desk

    US will be used in the following sentences

    He is coming to meet us

    They have invited us

     

     

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : How I improved my English and how you can too 

    Mistake No. 43

     

    Play or Plays  FOR I, WE YOU THEY??

    They plays the game of cricket very well (wrong)

    With the subjects such as I, WE YOU, THEY  the main verb will be plural that is (WITHOUT “S” OR “ES”
    They play the game of cricket very well (correct

    Similarly, for promouns such as

    I /WE / YOU/THEY PLAY CRICKET VERY WELL

    I /WE / YOU/THEY GO FOR MOVIE EVERY WEEKEND

    I /WE / YOU/THEY WATCH THE MOVIE TOGETHER

     

     




    Mistake No. 44

     

    Not knowing where to use “HE”, “HIS” AND “HIM”

    For example

    He is going to him house (wrong)

    He is going to he house (wrong)

    He is going to his house (correct)

    “HIS” is always used before a NOUN

    For example

    HIS PEN

    HIS BOOK

    HIS TABLE

    HIS COUNTRY

    HIS BOTTLE

    HIS SYRINGE

     

     




    Mistake No. 45

     

    Always use the singular form of the verb with “EACH” & “EVERY”

     

    Many of you don’t realise that with “Each” and “Every”, we use the singular form of verb

    For example

     

    Each of these boys write well  (Wrong)

    Each of these boys writes well (correct)

    Another example

    Each of you go to school daily (Wrong)
    Each of you goes to school daily (correct)
    There is “s” with write

    Everyone of you paint well (Wrong)

    Everyone of you paints well (Correct)
    Another example
    Everyone of you drive well (Wrong)
    Everyone of you drives well (Correct)




    Mistake No. 46

     

    Neither or Both?

    Use “Neither” instead of “Both” in the following negative sentences.

    For example,
    Both of you didn’t come (wrong)

    Neither of you came  (Correct)
    Both of them aren’t sincere towards their studies (wrong)

    Neither of them are sincere towards their studies (Correct)

     

    Both of us aren’t going to attend the party (wrong)
    Neither of us are attending the party (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 47

     

     

    Always use the THIRD FORM OF VERB if it is followed by “THE” (The + verb )

    For example,

    I can surely say that this is the good building in town (wrong)
    Why?

    Because, good is the first of verb

    I can surely say that this is the best building in town (correct)

     

    It is the better painting, I have ever seen (Wrong)
    “Better” is the second form

    It is the best painting, I have ever seen (Correct)




     

    Mistake No. 48

     

    Never use helping verbs “twice” such as in the following sentences:-

    When I will come, I will call you (wrong)

    “WILL” shouldn’t be used two times in one sentence

    When I come, I will call you (correct)

    The moment, he will arrive, he will text me (wrong)
    The moment he arrives, he will text me (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 49

     

    Listen me or “Listen to” me?

    He doesn’t listen me (wrong)
    He doesn’t “listen to” me (correct)

    Always use “LISTEN TO”

    OR

    “LISTENING TO”

    He is not listening to me
    They are not listening to them

    She is not listening to her

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 50

     

    Use correct form of WORD in sentences

     

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : Complete guide to improve English in months 

    Mistake No. 51

     

     

    Always use AT before time

    At 5o’clock
    At 7 pm

    Can you arrive at 5o’clock?
    I need to catch my flight.

     

    Mistake 52

     

    Our auditorium is in the 3rd floor (wrong)

    Our auditorium is on the 3rd floor. (correct)

     

     

    Mistake 53

    His brother-in-laws have arrive at the party (wrong)

    His brothers-in-law have arrived at the party (correct)

    The plural of BROTHER-IN-LAW IS “BROTHERS-IN-LAW”

    Same is

    Sisters-in-law

    Mothers-in-law

     

     

    Mistake 54

    She has golden hairs (wrong)
    She has golden hair (correct)

    HAIR is plural in itself, so it will be unchanged

     

    Mistake 55

     

    I prefer tea than coffee (wrong)
    I prefer tea to coffee (correct)

    Always use TO with PREFER

    For example,

    I prefer trouser to jeans

    I prefer Nigeria to United States



    Mistake No. 56

     

    Its high time, he improves his verbal English (wrong)
    It’s high, he improved his verbal English (correct)

    With “IT’S HIGH TIME”, we use past tense, to refer the present

    Other examples:-

    It’s high time, he demonstrated his skills

    It’s high time, he learned Arabic

    It’s high time, he drove car

     




    Difference between
    It’s and Its

    Its- Used for denoting possession
    It’s – Short version of It is

    For example

    Use of Its
    The truck broke its window panes, due to strong winds
    This house is slightly cost effective than its neighbours

    The flag in my house is standing strongly in its poll, even after strong winds

     

    Use of  It’s
    It’s normal for people to move like this here

    It’s going to be dark soon, so we should head back

    It’s normal for people to sleep early here

     

     




     

    Read : Top 3 mistakes English learners should never forget in 2018

     

    Mistake No. 57

     

    I am having two brothers and two sisters.(wrong)

    I have two brothers and two sisters (correct)




    Mistake No. 58

     

    Our house is near to the lake (wrong)
    Our house is near the lake (correct)

    Never use “TO” with “NEAR”

    For example,
    I live near my friend

    My pet is near me

    I live near the countryside

     




     

    Mistake No. 59

     

    Does she has a cycle? (wrong)

    Does she have a car? (correct)

    The main verb “HAVE” denotes ownership

     




    Mistake No. 60

    I like very much baseball (wrong)
    I like baseball very much (correct)

    Always use “VERY MUCH” at the end of sentence

    Other examples

    He likes mangoes very much

    They like the play very much

    She likes mango very much




     

    Mistake No. 61

     

    “Today office is there?”   (wrong)

    Say in the following manner:-

    Is today a working day? (correct)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Mistake 62

    I will be going or I will be go?

    In future Tenses, after “BE”, we always use (ing) in verb

    He will be go to school tomorrow (Wrong)
    They will be watch television later (Wrong)

    I will be visit park tomorrow (wrong)
    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    He will be going to school tomorrow (Correct)
    They will be watching television later (Correct)

    I will be visiting park tomorrow (Correct)




     

    Mistake 63

    Watch or See?

    We use “Watch”  when we are looking at something in an attentive manner

    For example
    We watch television (correct)
    We look television (wrong)

    I am watching the actions of a stranger for over a week now
    He watches me whenever I try to speak in English




     

    We use “See” where we get things on our way

    For example
    We see people sleep on pavements

    I see children playing in the open




    Mistake No. 64

    Their or There?

    There (used for a place)
    Their (refers to something which is owned and related to group)

    For example:-

    I go there (place)
    I am going to their house (House is owned by them)
    He is going there (place)
    He is going their office (Office is owned by them)




     

    Mistake No. 65

    Who vs. Which?

     

    Who is used for a HUMAN BEING

    WHICH is  used for an OBJECT

     

    For example

    Saddam is a nice human being who (not WHICH) loves helping people

    He is the person who likes to eat ice-cream

     

    He gave a book which (not WHO) is quite informative

    I have an ice-cream which is quite tasty

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 66

    Come or Return?

    We often say that

    We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

    The correct form should be

    We have returned from office or school (right)

    The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

    We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

     

    While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
    For example, we can say

    My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)




    Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

    Like

    My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

    Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”




     

    Mistake No. 67

    I came to school by walking (wrong)

    I came to school on foot. (correct)

     




     

    Mistake No. 68

    What is the time in your watch? (wrong)

    What is the time by your watch? (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 69

    Gone or Went?

    Most of you use “Went” in the following sentences:-
    For example

    She had ate the mango (wrong)

    Or

    She has went there  (Wrong)

    Correct sentences will be
    She has eaten the mango (correct)

    She has gone there (Correct)

    Tip to remember:-

    We use the third form of verb with HELPING VERN SUCH AS HAS/HAVE/HAD
    If there is any verb used with them, then it has to be the third form of verb

    In the above case

      1. “Ate” is the “2nd” form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “EATEN”
      2. “Went” is the 2nd form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “GONE”

       

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 70

     

    HAS / HAVE OR HAD?

    Many of you think that if in any sentence “HAS” “HAVE” or “HAD” is used then, it will be a “Present Perfect Tense.
    It is not like that.
    For example,
    I have a ball (No perfect sentence, it is infact Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense )
    Why?

    Because, there is no MAIN VERB is used.  “HAVE” in the above sentence is just a helping verb

    Other examples of Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense are as follows:-

    He has a pen

    You have a ball
    They have bags

    He has a pencil

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 71

     

    DID WENT OR DID GO?

    You need to add the FIRST FORM OF VERB in sentences where “DID” is used

    For example
    He didn’t went (wrong)

    He didn’t go (correct)

    They didn’t listened me (wrong)

    They didn’t listen (correct)




    You didn’t wanted me to go there (wrong)

    You didn’t want me to go there (correct)

    I didn’t liked the image (Wrong)

    I didn’t like the mango (correct)

    She didn’t watered the plants (Wrong)

    She didn’t water the plants (correct)

    YOU NEED TO ADD FIRST FORM OF VERB WITH DID (as above)




     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 72

     

    Mistake
    Never make nouns plural with EVERY

    For example

    Every students (wrong)
    Every pencils (wrong)

    Correct are
    Every student (correct)

    Every pencil (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 73

     

     

    Where I can find the washroom? (Wrong)
    Where can I find the washroom? (Correct)

     

    After “WHERE” helping verb will be used in the aforesaid INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

    Similarly,

    Where I can find your notes? (wrong)
    Where can I find your notes? (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 74

     

    Never Add “WHO’” with non-living things

    For example

    The book who you gave is quite informative (wrong)

    The book which you gave is quite informative (correct)
    Book is a non-living thing and we use WHICH instead of WHO

     

    The pencil who you gave is lost (wrong)
    The pencil which you gave is list (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 75

     

    Few or Less?

    Few is used with countable nouns

    Less with uncountable nouns

    For example:-

    I met few people today (not less people)
    He has given me less sugar where I can’t even prepare two cups of tea (Not few sugar)
    He has given me few coins (not less)
    We have less than an hour left  (not few)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 76

    Anyways (wrong)

    Anyway (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 77

    They need not to (wrong)

    They don’t need to (correct)

    Always, use helping verb after subject

    Another example

    He doesn’t need to eat heavy lunch at night

    They don’t need to play games for an hour




    Mistake No. 78

     

    Write the names of fruits with ink (wrong)

    Write the names of fruits  in ink (correct)

    INK is always denoted with “IN”

    In INK

     

     

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 79

     

    There or Their?

    I am going to there house to meet them (wrong)

    I am going to their house to meet them (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 80

     

    He is in call right now (wrong)

    He is on call right now (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 81

     

    My favourite match will be in television tonight (wrong)
    My favourite match will be on television tonight (correct)

     

    MISTAKE NO. 82

     

    I was on work all day (wrong)
    I was at work all day (correct)

    Always say AT work

    Where were you?

    I was at work




     

    Read : Don’t miss reading the post, if you want to pass interview  

     

    MISTAKE NO. 83

     

    Who or Whom?

    I consulted the doctor who I met on train (wrong)

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person ) (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 84

    Where to use “accept” and “except”

    Accept

    I except your offer, since it looks quite attractive (Wrong)

    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive (correct)

    They excepted my nature and pardoned me (wrong)
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me  (correct)

     

    Except

    The barracks were open for all the jailers, accept one (wrong)
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one (correct)

    Accept for him, all his family members were happy (wrong)

    Except for him, all his family members were happy (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 85

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 86

    How to write the same sentence in different ways :-

     

    I am excitedly waiting to hear the good news of my son’s success in exam

    I am waiting in excitement to get the pleasant news of my son’s success in exam

    Other example

    I am not surprised to know that U.S is going to send relief items to Iraq

    The news of U.S sending relief items to Iraq doesn’t surprise me




     

    MISTAKE NO. 87

     

    “Than” is used for comparing things
    For example
    There are more jars than plates in your kitchen

    “Then” is used for time related actions and events
    For example:-
    Come by 11 tonight, I will be at home by then

     




    MISTAKE NO. 88

    What time it is? (wrong)
    What time is it ? (correct)

    Always use the helping verb first in the Interrogative sentences

    Other examples

    What are you going to do after Class 12th?

    What will happen to your old car?

     




    Mistake No. 89

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered to me (wrong)

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered me (correct)

    Always say

    Answered me

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 90

    One of my friend is a doctor (wrong)
    One of my friends is a doctor (correct)

    The noun will always be plural with ONE OF MY

    Other examples

    One of my pen

    One of my books

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 91

    Me or My

    I want you to be me friend (wrong)

    I want you to be my friend (correct)




    MISTAKE NO. 92

    12 :am or 12 : pm

    12 is neither AM or PM

    It is either 12 NOON or 12 midnight




     

    MISTAKE NO. 93

     

    Yours sincerely or Yours lovingly?

    In Formal Letter, always say
    Your sincerely or Your faithfully

     

    While in Informal letters,

    say

    Yours lovingly




     

    MISTAKE NO. 94

    Call he (wrong)

    Call him (correct)

    Similarly,

    Call them

    Call her

    Call us

    Call me

    Call you

     




    Read : Want to pass interview? Read these tips 

    MISTAKE NO. 95

     

    Farther and Further?

    “Farther” is used to denote a considerable distance

    For example:-

    His rocket landed farther down the road than mine

    “Further” is used to denote an action which is ahead

    For example
    The fight between the two parties will lead to further damage

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 96

     

    I wore a jeans (wrong)
    I wore a pair of jeans (correct)
    I wore jeans (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 97

    Noun – Practice

    The physician’s practice

    Verb – Practise

    How long have you been practising management?

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 98

     

    The client has ordered for a wedding cake (wrong)

    The client has ordered a wedding cake (correct)

     

    Other examples:-
    He has ordered a mobile online

    The doctor has ordered a stethoscope

     




     

     

    Mistake No. 99

     

    More taller (wrong)
    Taller (correct

    He is more taller than you (wrong)
    He is taller than you (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 100

    On Sunday or In Sunday?

    Always use ON with days of the week

    For example

    On Sunday

    On Monday

    On Tuesday
    On Wednesday
    On Thursday

    On Friday

    On Saturday

     




     

    Mistake No. 101

     

     

    Where to use
    He – His – Him

    I – my – me

    We – Our – Us
    You – Your – You

    They – Their – Them

     

     

    His- My – Our – Your – Their – will always be used before a noun
    For example

    His pen

    My pen

    Our Pen

    Your Pen
    Their Pen

    Him- Me – Us – You – Them – will always be used alone (without a noun)

    For example:-

    They are going to meet him

    They are going to meet me

    They are going to meet us

    They are going to meet you

    They are going to meet them

     

    Read :   How to start improving English now  

     

     




     

     

     

     




    Accept and Except
    Accept – To receive
    Except – Exclude
    Confusion starts, as both of them looks quite similar , but have totally different meaning




    Sentences with ACCEPT

    Let’s help you in creating sentences so that you can actually their individual meaning
    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me
    He will accept me, as I have told the truth
    The management accepted my letter of apology, as a letter my respect for them has increased further
    The cops didn’t accept the fact that the man stole the valuables




    Sentences with Except




    I took every medicine recommended except this one, but now I realise that I should have taken before.
    Except today all the days were cloudy this week
    All my friends were going to zoo, except me
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one
    Except for him, all his family members were happy
    Except this year, I got promotion everyyear

    Now, take part in the QUIZ

    [wp_quiz_pro id=”2749″]

    Read : 15 English grammar mistakes you are making in 2018




     

     

     

     




    Who and Whom – Mistakes

     

    Who is the subjective pronoun like I, we, you, they, He , she, it
    Whom is the objective pronoun Like me, us, you, them, him, her




    Who and Whom both denotes the human-beings, But, their use is different

    Whom – Where is it used?

    Will be used for an individual – no organization or company
    No sentence will start with “Whom”
    Whom will always be used in the middle

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person )




     

    Who – Where is it used?

    It is used for subjective pronouns such as I, we you, they, he, she, it
    For example
    Who was the doctor whom you consulted?
    Ans. I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person)

     

    Let’s take the use of “Who”

     

    Who was that person?
    He is my friend

    Who was with you yesterday?
    He was my English Teacher
    Who was accompanying you last night?
    He was my mentor
    Who was with you in car?
    He was my father.




     

     

    Let’s take use of “WHOM”

    I met the architect in my office whom I greeted in the party last night

    I am very happy to shake hands with the Prime Minister whom I met at the airport.

    Whom  should I talk for getting this work done in the department?

    To who was this letter directed?

    Whom do you believe for getting this work done professionally?

    I am in a fix with whom, I am going to partner for the show

     







    Become an English Teacher from zero GRAMMAR knowledge – Guaranteed Results

    Highly recommended book
    Buy only, if you are really serious to purchase.

    As a 11 years experienced Teacher, I want to say that I normally don’t recommend any book, but then this book will MAKE THE PLEASANT DIFFERENCE WITH YOUR ENGLISH GRAMMAR




    Hi Everyone,

    This is your English Ma’am who is going to reveal those secrets towards improving English which you wouldn’t have heard anywhere uptill now.

    Yes, hold tight , as the following long and researched post will give you a new easy way to improve English by removing the perception that English is boring or difficult to learn.

    Yes, after the end of the post, you will know, it is so easy to learn and improve, based on the proper guidance.

    Yes, as a 10 years experienced English Teacher, I am going to reveal the easiest ways.

    Before, proceeding further, let me ask you few things.




    Do you know that just by taking out 15 minutes from your schedule, you can actually help you get a sense of how to move forward with regards to improving your English?

    Are you very serious to improve your English now?

    Aren’t you getting a high-paying job just because you don’t know English well?

    If yes, has been the answer to all the queries above, then you are at the right place.

    Now, take out atleast 15 minutes to read the following post about how you can actually start to speak and write in English and pass banking exam successfully

    Yes, by the time, you will read the post, your basics will be clear to a great extent, provided that you show seriousness.

    English is important in any field. So, if you are the masters in it, then potentially you can reach the zenith earlier, as compared to others. Therefore, it is important to polish skills.

    In the following article, I am sharing my experiences of how I mastered over this language in a full fledged way along with giving easy and practical steps which will help English Learners massively.




    My passion for enhancing English skills grew from my childhood days as I was in early years of my schooling. Till I was in class 6th, my English was not even upto the mark then. I used to get punishment from teachers as well as parents for failing to get requisite marks in any subject and English was not an exception.

    Although, I was able to understand to what others used to speak, yet I couldn’t communicate with them in English and I believe that most of us face such predicament. Isn’t it?

    You might not believe that it was the reality that I used to bring all the English dailies in the morning such as “Times of India”, “Hindustan Times”, “Pioneer” for polishing my English. Of all the newspapers, what I found in “Pioneer” was that, it offers comparably easy use of words. Therefore, initially, I would recommend this newspaper for those who want to learn skills of English. Because, when I say easy use of words, I mean as compared to other English dailies.

    However, soon I got counseling from one of my uncles who equally happened to be a HOD in a University. He is a really nice man. I must say. He gave me enough reasons to polish my English, since all other subjects are primarily based on English as well and later on even a high paying professional life is based on good grasp of English language. So, if I will improve my English, I can equally be able to have a better control over other subjects too which can equally help me get the job of my dream. That was the day which proved to be a change for me.

     

    He suggested me to purchase the following book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

     

    I am telling from my own personal experience that the difference which I found with the book has been awesome and due to polishing my English further, I got confidence and enrolled myself for a mass communication course in Lucknow University after passing with high grades in 10+2 and soon started working for a newspaper namely Hindustan Times. You can also check out my published article down below (with my name)

    The best professionally viable difference was that I continue to get my articles published. You can check my other post published in Hindustan Times below

    Years before, the book was doing its work. Yes, you guessed it right that it started to help me know the most impeccable English right from basics. Yes, it was something which I couldn’t even think of otherwise. I started getting my concept clear with perfection. Yes, there wasn’t even an iota of doubt or confusion now. It has been years, still I know what I had learnt way back then and all of those awesome concepts and basic understanding is still fresh in my mind.

    For example, I came to know many of the following things:-

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say




    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

    I can’t go in detail about whole grammar in the post though. But you can surely help yourself by purchasing the book English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

     

    The book was an eye opener for me and along with the same, I equally thanked my Uncle and persuaded him to continue to give guidance side-by-side and he obliged. My passion started growing when I started seeing the pleasant change.

    When I used to read the English Grammar book, I made it a point of writing the words which I did not know the meaning of. That gave me enough reasons to strengthen my vocabulary as well. How can I miss watching English news channels? As I said that it became my passion, so I used to get enjoyment by watching news channels and I equally used to closely monitor the way certain words were pronounced. Since, that’s equally matter as well.




    I made it a point to listen news by keeping “pen” and “piece of paper” handy, in order to jot down the difficult words. Although, considering flawless and speedy way the anchors speak English, I couldn’t get a grasp of certain words, yet that was only short lived, since I started getting familiar with the words.

    How English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

    continue to skyrocket my career . Let’s find out more :-

    My uncle was equally upbeat since I used to make use of new words. He also advised me to stand in front of mirror in order to communicate with yourself by looking at your eyes. This was equally another pleasant change which I experienced. This exercise is a must, if you want to enhance your confidence. As you speak in such a fashion, it gives you enough boost towards working on your aim.

    Months passed by and soon even my classmates started getting the feel of how passionate I am towards English. If they come across with any word in any subject, they used to ask me and thankfully I have the answer to most of them.




    The kind of passion which I had for English can be gauged from the fact that I used to score the highest marks in English. Interestingly, when the teacher used to speak out marks of the subject, all the heads used to roll towards me in bewilderment.

    The benefits which English had in my schooling days:-

    • Earlier, it became extremely difficult for me to mug up long answers, since my English was not even up to the mark. It was so poor that I couldn’t even comprehend as to what was written. Therefore, in the event when I forgot certain words, my whole answer becomes meanigless.
    • However, later on I started learning the whole essence and I was in a position to write answers in my own words, thus impressing my teacher as well.

    For those who want to sharpen their English, there are list of things which one should follow (I am telling from my own experience)




    • Get English newspaper namely “Pioneer” and the paper can long last through a week. Since, you can’t read more than once side of a paper daily. Write down the meaning of the difficult words which you come across by goggling or referring dictionary what ever eases you.
    • Purchase the English Grammar book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 
    • Make a habit of taking out time from 8:45 till 9:15 at night and listen to AIR (National Radio). You know why I am saying is that they air Hindi news in the first half and exactly English version of the same in the second half. It will help you too, like the way it helped me.
    • Communicate yourself in front of mirror
    • Listen to English news channels and have pen and paper ready to write down the English words.

    To the best of my knowledge, that sums up my entire experience towards sharpening my skills.

    Try to learn one new word on daily basis and most importantly introspect like the way it is used in the sentence.

    The irony is, most of us only emphasize on the need to learn a new word, but I am telling from my own experience that it is equally important to refer dictionary and closely look at the way the specific word is used in the sentence.

    After all, English is all about learning the intricacies. One of the most common mistakes which people commit while making the use of “older” and “elder”

    Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,




    • He is older to me (correct)
    • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

    Now, I am explaining to you.

    We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”

    I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

    • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
    • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

    Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

    Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

    If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

    One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

    For example,

    I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

    I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

    One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations

    We usually say,

    I have given the examination (wrong)

    We should say

    I have taken the exam (right)

    Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?

     




    We also unknowingly make the following mistakes and we don’t realise, so it is important to know them in detail as well:-

    The food is good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with FOOD)

    The food is tasty, sumptuous, mouthwatering or delicious (You can use any one amongst these four for food)

    We shouldn’t say

    The match was good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with Match)

    The correct form is

    The match was interesting, electrifying etc.

    Similarly, if we want to compliment any girl, we use “beautiful” while for boys we use “handsome”.

    These are some of small things which matters a lot in the long run and I came to know through the book

    Hence, besides learning the new word, you will equally know the way to use it in your sentence (I have told you in the above example)




     

    It is important to learn synonymous (words which hold the same meaning). You know why I am saying this is while writing content, you shouldn’t use the same word again and again since it will distract your readers and they will not come again to read it.

    Now,

    For example while writing content if I have to use the word “sad” again and again, I will rather not repeat it. Since, I know there are so many words which I can use in its place.

    For example,

    1. I am sad

    It can be done written in another way such as

    1. I am depressed
    2. I am feeling low
    3. I am a bit disturbed
    4. I am not feeling good

    I am giving another example which will equally help you understand in a better way as well:-

    I hate lazy people

    It can be done written in another way such as




    • I don’t like people who are lazy
    • I don’t like people who don’t do any thing

    There are so many ways I can compensate this word while expressing my state of mind to the readers. Hence, readers can equally maintain their interest.

    I can convey my expressions in various words without facing any sort of problem in the process.

    I am again emphasizing on the basic fact that I just made it a point towards thoroughly studying the grammar book along with reading newspapers and making sure that I grasp new words. Again I am emphasizing over the fact that I am extremely careful while using different words.

    I grew in an English medium background and I always had tremendous interest towards learning as well as polishing skills. Studying in an English medium background has its fair share of challenges as well since every one in the school expected me to have great hold of English and to be at par with their acceptations was something which I have to do any how.




    Have a look at my experiences

    In order to help you further, I need to share my additional experiences as well, after all they matter a lot towards helping you to overcome them

    The problem which I faced while sharpening my English skills- Earlier 

    I wasn’t getting a proper environment where I can talk with my friends of family members. Although, I tried talking to them, yet most of them were not supportive. Honestly speaking, I couldn’t blame them as well, since they neither had much grasp about the language, nor they had any interest in the same as well. In return, I had to face lots of sarcasm from them as they said that I am trying to become an English man and similar such sorts of comments.

    There was a phase when I used to feel that all my hard-work is going down the drain. I made full use of my holidays as well as free time by writing letters as well as essays on daily basis after getting guidance from English grammar book. Apart from that, I also used to watch English news channels.

    So, my main motive to write the post is that if you feel that you are not getting due share of your hard work, don’t worry, you will eventually get provided that you stick doing to what I have told you in my earlier posts.




    1. The thing which I will suggest you is to be habitual of watching English news channels on daily basis. If you are in the learning phase, it is important for you to come across with new words so that you can memorize them. Hence, there is a very little chance that they (words) will slip from your mind (owing to the fact that you will be in full practice)
    2. However, I devised another innovative trick which I missed mentioning earlier and that was to do the cricket commentary by muting the television. After all, every one of us love cricket to the core and why not to comment by muting it off. This will further make your journey of sharpening your skills a lot easy like never before. Since, the more you speak yourself, the better it is going to be for you towards enhancing the powers.

    English has seen few changes in the process as well. For example,

    1. In my earlier days, I have been grown up learning that, with pronouns such as “I” and “We”, we are supposed to use the helping word “Shall” and for other pronouns in the form of “He”, “She”, “It”, “We” and They”, we will use “Will”. However, that hasn’t been the case now. Since, with any pronouns we only use “Will”. For example,

    I will go there.

    He will return from there.

    If you want to know more of such tricky and awesome English grammar uses, then purchase the below book




      English is regarded to be a funny language and if the learning phase is devoid of fun and frolic, then you possibly won’t enjoy much. On the same lines, there is a word namely “Gay” which was primarily used for “Happiness”. I still remember that I have used this word so many times primarily to express my state of mind by saying, that I am gay. However, with the passage of time, it’s another meaning possibly held a far greater significance and if today, I will use this word again, then in all probability, others will be confused and surprised regarding my gender as well. Isn’t it?

    In English, we would have often use the word “Come” and “return” and all of us know their meaning as well. However, when it comes to their proper usage of words, we often make the most prominent mistake.

    For example,

    We often say that

    We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

    The correct form should be

    We have returned from office or school (right)

    The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

    We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

    While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
    For example, we can say

    My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)

    Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

    Like

    My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

    Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”

     




    Let’s take a look at the other mistakes which I realised after going through English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

    We often compliment something or the other if we felt good. However, rarely do we use the most importance word during such times,

    Apart from these, one of the other things which you need to start preparing yourself is about Active and Passive Voice




     

    For example

    The lion killed the deer (Active Voice)

    The deer was killed by the lion (Passive Voice)

    As a blogger cum writer, if you are told to re-write a certain paragraph, then you can easily make the best use of this knowledge.

    My experience

    One of my other experiences which I am sharing in the post relates to the time when I was in class Third standard. I still remember that the teacher asked me about my hobbies and I said “Computer”. She corrected me by saying that it should be

    “I love playing on computer”

    or




    “I love working on computer”

    Similarly, those who love music, when being asked about their hobbies, they should say that they “love listening music”.

    Same goes with other hobbies as well.

    I am going to further furnish more knowledgeable posts, which will make your journey of writing as well as speaking English easy like never before.

    In all the earlier posts, I have been trying my level best to tell you intricacies as well in order to help you further.

    Grammar is regarded to be the backbone without which you possibly can’t polish the English skills. Hence, make sure that you are well versed with the tenses.

    These are few of the most common mistakes which we do. I am going to tell you more in other posts.

    • Due to the rampant use of internet, do take out time to read online newspapers in English since it will give you enough boost.
    • How can you forget to go through the posts of renowned bloggers? This is another sure cut exercise by which you will become more confident in your approach.

    It is not possible for me to explain each and every tense, and  the best thing is that you can easily check the concepts here

    English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 




    which help you get a grasp of both written and spoken English, like never before. It will indeed assist you for sure, as I have myself checked the same. What more do you want, when it is reasonably priced as well.
    Also practise saying the same thing in other way, as it helps you to increase your vocabulary

    63 (and counting) ways to begin the sentence with “I love it when”

    I am writing the following sentences to start with the word

    “I love it when”

    1. he shows respect towards me
    2. everybody listens to me
    3. there are no haters
    4. poor are fed infront of my eyes
    5. everyone is nice to me
    6. you show care to me
    7. there is a transparent procedure maintained in recruitment by the concerned departments
    8. they don’t make fun of me
    9. you start talking to me
    10. my mother cooks delicious food



    1. they have their best strategies to plan for my upcoming holiday session
    2. you have every beautiful thing to say to me
    3. they have stopped backbiting
    4. my children kiss me
    5. my father gives pocket money everyday
    6. poor are fed by rich
    7. you are the one who understands me
    8. my hubby calls me every evening
    9. my wife cooks my favorite dish
    10. my parents bestow love and affection to me
  • they give scant regard to the allegations of others
  • the whole world thinks me to be a sweet person
  • my exams are delayed for another week
  • the incessant rains declare school holiday
  • I get the prize of my hardwork
  • my hubby stands with me, no matter what
  • people recognize my skills
  • I get my share of success through increment
  • There is no bitter news about the suferings in the world on anyday
  • she is the one to call me first on my birthday
    1. I get the instant message from my wife who is out in her hometown
    2. my parents easily agree to my demand
    3. I have my favorite chocolate
    4. Nobody interuppts me from plying my favorite game
    5. My friends respect me truly as they believe me
    6. The whole words seems to be beautiful with all the nicest people
    7. There is no poverty or hatred left in the world
    8. I have been the obvious choice for my parents to go to picnic
    9. No body has anything to say bad behind my back
    10. Promises are kept
    1. People around the globe live a happy life
    2. Everyone is simply so sweet to me
    3. People praise me behind their back
    4. Victims get the justice
    5. Accuse get behind the bars
    6. Concerned authorities do their job by hearing the concerns of victims
    7. People may not be rich, but they have big heart and are equally ready to help others
    8. Everyone is ready to learn from their mistakes
    9. Seniors love their juniors while they get respect in return too
    10. The world greets everybody on the account of festivals
    1. Different religions co-exist
    2. People may be rich, but they still have big heart where they show their concern for downtrodden
    3. The examples of humanity enforce the fact that the world is still beautiful
    4. The crime has fallen to an all time low
    5. I watch comedy shows as this is my hobby
    6. People distribute water in a hot summer day
    7. Auto drivers return the lost baggage of their clients
    8. I attend marriage parties of my friends
    9. My parents are happy
    10. My friends give moral support to me especially when I am down



    Read : 50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    1. People run to help elders on road
    2. Justice is not actually delayed
    3. We as people give birth to a safe and secured society

    50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    One of my readers asked the ways to use the word “it”

    So, it necessitates me to write the following post in order to help you guys understand, the correct method “it” is actually used in English grammar

    The word “it” is just a means to start a sentence.

    There are other following sentences starting with the word “it”

    1. It may rain today
    2. It is hot
    3. It will be very windy in few minutes
    4. It is a good scripture
    5. It will look good on you
    6. It is going to create history
    7. It will bring a revolution
    8. It may harm you
    9. It is cold outside
    10. It may bring a certain level of discomfort

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too

    1. It will indeed going to make everyone embarrassed
    2. It is the best advice which I have possibly got in years
    3. It will certainly be the best time of my life
    4. It will bring two countries closer
    5. It is going to be the best time of my life
    6. It may bring my friend think twice
    7. It will never rain during this time of the year
    8. It is going to be the worst moment of the history
    9. It may bring enough cheers to the people who were expecting celebration of sorts
    10. It will indeed be the best way to lead a life of happiness

    Read : How to polish English skills – Second Post




    1. It may never feel that way, but it actually shows
    2. It will certainly be etched in my memory forever
    3. It will be necessary for me to shout at you now
    4. It is going to be possibly the best time of my life
    5. It will indeed be etched in the memory forever
    6. It is going to have its repurcussions for people
    7. It may look wrong, but it is actually right
    8. It should look awkward considering so many decorative materials attached to it
    9. It is going to be the worst dress which you will wear
    10. It will infact make you famous for all the wrong reasons

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too?




    1. It shouldn’t come as a surprise, but you are the best person, I have come across with
    2. It will be quite a serene atmosphere considering that the storm has just passed by
    3. It will truly be the most coveted moment considering I have my family with me
    4. It may look pleasant to the ears of others, but not mine
    5. It will be a showpiece which history will remember for all the wrong reasons
    6. It is going to be the best way to take revenge from this man, who has no ettiquettes
    7. It will be the best thing you could have done for his kind deeds
    8. It is one life, so you can either live it to the fullest or destroy it by indulging in immoral activities
    9. It is going to be the classic show, as the actors from different countries of the world are taking part
    10. It may be the best way to counter his allegations, but I am certainly not interested

    Read : How I polished my English Skills- Forth post




    1. It will be quite a historical moment, considering two nations coming together for an amicable solution to the long pending issue
    2. It is right on your part
    3. It has been said multiple times, but still he doesn’t seem to understand
    4. It is going to be the best phase for him considering the fact that he has just been released from the prison to start the life afresh
    5. It will look good on him provided he mends his way and develops respect for his elders
    6. It should only be useful, if you know how you can better make use of this machine
    7. It shouldn’t bother you, as you have got all the paper work authenticating your honesty
    8. It will be the best moment, which you should consider as you are already free from all the charges
    9. It will be the most awesome moment as he has just won the long pending case today
    10. It will create moments of history for his family who has the credit of travelling to different places of the world in style.

    Read : How I polished my English skills – Fifth post




    1. It isn’t the place which I have visited last time
    2. It is fine, but I need more choices to make my decision
    3. It can create a certain level of confusion for the visiting delegates
    4. It should be what people actually desire and wish for
    5. It will be morally correct, but again not everyone will be ready to agree on this

    I would have highly recommend you to purchase the following English Grammar Book, if you are really serious towards polishing your written and oral English


    As you purchase the book, you will know the real difference it makes for someone who has great hunger to improve English, but wasn’t able to, uptill now. The book will open thousands of morale boosting, simple and easy techniques right from basics to help you improve your English. Being a reasonably priced one, you can surely expect HAPPY TIMES ahead as well.




     

    Read : 101 Golden Rules to improve English

     

     

     

     

    Mistake No. 1

    Many of you while introducing yourself say

    Myself I am Saddam (wrong)

    I am Saddam (correct)

     

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 2

     

    Use Apostrophe in the right position

    Saddam book (wrong)

    Saddam’s book  (book belongs to Saddam)

    Arpits pen (wrong)
    Arpit’s pen (pen belongs to Arpit)

     

     

    Mistake No. 3

     

    Let us go by walk. (wrong)

    Let us walk.  (correct)

    Read : Know Interview questions from experts to get  a high-paying job 

     

    Mistake No. 4

     

    He asked me where do I stay? (wrong)
    He asked me where I stay (correct)

    NEVER USE DO/DOES/DID in reported speech

    Other examples
    They asked me , where I work

    I asked them, where they play baseball

    He asked them, where they sleep

     

    Mistake No. 5

     




    Too or To?

    Use of “TOO”

    It is too hot

    The weather is too cold

     

    Use of “TO”

    I will go to his house

    He is supposed to return to his place

     

     

    Mistake No. 6

    He is twenty-five years (wrong)

    He is twenty-five years old (correct)

     

    Read : Don’t miss these basic tips to improve English 

     

    Mistake No. 7

     

    They have left smoking (wrong)

    They have stopped smoking (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 8

     

    I have a good news for you related with your career  (wrong)
    I have good news for you related with your career (correct)

    Always say

    I have good news

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 9

     

    The rain is happening (wrong)
    It is raining (correct)




    Always use “IT” in similar sentences.

    For example,

    It is a hot day

    It is windy

    It is cloudy

     




     

    Mistake No. 10

     

    This is not a proper way, to approach to this question (wrong)
    This is not a proper way to approach this question (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 11

    Verb will be used in relation with the subejct

    Your verb is only defined by the subject. If your subject is plural, then the verb will be plural and if the subject is singular, then it will be singular.

    For example:-
    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar was in vain (wrong)
    Here, the subject is “efforts” which is plural, so you have to place the plural verb

    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar were in vain (correct)

     

    Similarly,

    He along with friends were discharged from hospital (wrong)

    Here, the subject is “HE” so, you have to use the verb in SINGULAR FORM

     

    He along with friends was discharged from hospital (correct)

     

    Another example:-

    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch was simply useless (wrong)

    “Attempts” are plural, so “WERE” is used
    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch were simply useless (correct)

    Saddam along with Sadeeq is going for a dinner

    “Saddam” is singular so “is” used

    Sadeeq together with his friends is playing cricket.




    Read : How to pass interview for a lucrative job

    Mistake No. 12

     

     

    Give an exam (wrong)
    Take an exam (correct)

    If someone has appeared in the exam, then we can say

    He/She has taken exam (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 13

     

     

    Correct use of They and Their

    They are going to them house (wrong)
    They are going to their house (correct)
    I will be going to them house (wrong)
    I will be going to their house (correct)

     

     

    “THEIR” will always be used before a noun

    In the above sentences : House is a noun, and “THEIR” is used before it

    Similarly,
    I have taken their book for a day

    BOOK is  a noun and I have used “THEIR” before that.

    THEIR pen

    THEIR computer

    THEIR cupboard

    THEIR bed-sheet

    THEIR account

    THEIR auditorium

     

     




     

    Read : Easiest of tips to improve English in months  

     

    Mistake No. 14

     

    Reply back / Revert back  (wrong)

    Reply / Revert  (correct)

    Since, “REVERT”  or “REPLY” itself means, the same thing, so we don’t have to use BACK

    So, we can say

    Kindly, revert at the earliest

    or

    Kindly reply, as soon as possible

     




     

    Mistake No. 15

     

     

    Everybody must listen to their inner voice (wrong)
    Everybody must listen to HIS or HER inner voice (correct)

     

    When the subject is EVERYBODY” we don’t use pronoun THEIR, we use HIS or HER

    Another example

    Everybody must do his or her work diligently

     

    Similarly,  no one, and nobody anyone, anybody, everyone, everybody, someone,somebody are always singular.




     

    Mistake No. 16

     

    Mistake
    Me and Saddam live here  (wrong)
    Saddam and I live here (Correct)

    Hint – If there are two people, always use yourself second and denote yourself with “I”

    Another example:-

    Sadeeq and I like mango
    John and I sleep here

     




     

    Mistake No. 17

     

    Mistake
    It is more cold today (wrong)
    It is colder today (correct

    You should know positive, comparative and superlative degrees

    For example,
    Cold (positive) Colder (comparative) Coldest (superlative)

    He is more short than me (wrong)
    He is shorter than me (Correct)
    Short (Positive) Shorter (comparative) Shortest (Superlative)




     

    Mistake No. 18

     

    Mistake

    How many pencils you have? (wrong)
    How many pencils do you have (correct)

    In order to know HOW I HAVE DONE

    Simply break the sentence in the following way

    First write a simple sentence

    • You have pencils
    • Do you have pencils?
    • How many pencil do you have?

    Another example:-

    Where has he gone ? or Where he has gone ?
    Correct one is
    Where has he gone ?
    Now, let’s break in the following ways:-

    • He has gone
    • Has he gone there
    • Where has he gone?

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 19

     

    Always use “IN” for months

    In January/March/September/December

    For example,
    He will be here in May

    I will go to Indonesia in December

     




     

    Mistake No. 20

     

    Always use “ON” before DAYS OF THE WEEK

    For example,
    On Sunday/Monday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/Saturday

    I will catch him on Sunday

     

    Grammatical Mistakes which many of you make, but don’t realise

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 21

    Many a times (wrong)
    Many times (correct)
    or
    Many a time (correct)

     




    MISTAKE NO. 22

     

    Lose or Loose?

    Lose (verb)- To Win
    Loose (adjective) Not tight

    He will lose the match like this (used as verb)
    This shirt is too loose  (used as adjective)

    Hope, the difference is clear now

     




    Not knowing where to use I, ME or MY

    He is taller than I (wrong)

    He is taller than MY (wrong)

    He is taller than ME (correct)

    Let’s explain

    “I” will never be used at the end of sentence

    “I” is a subject

    I am going

    Now, if there are two subjects, “I” follows next

    For example

    Saddam and my are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going out of station (correct)

    Another example:-

    Saddam and me are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going to attend the event (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 24

     

    He wakes or He wake?

    Add (s) or (es) to verb with HE/SHE/IT

    He wake early (wrong)

    He wakes (not wake) early (correct)

     




    She go to school (wrong)

    She goes (not go) to school (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 25

     

    For or Since?

    Many people don’t know the proper use of FOR and SINCE

    “SINCE” is used for specific time

    Since 1997

    Since morning

    Since 2o’ clock

    Since yesterday

    Since afternoon

     

    “FOR” is used, when the time is not clear

    For many years (how many years?)

    For a day  (Which day)

    For the whole year (which year?)

    For two hours (which two hours of the day?)

     




    Mistake No. 26

     

    Cope up (wrong)

    Cope up with (wrong)

    Cope with (correct)

    He has to cope with challenges soon as I want to see him winner
    One must cope with adversities in every phase of life

     




    Mistake No. 27

    Many of you make spelling mistakes

    •  Acheive (wrong)
    •  Achieve (correct)
    • Wrong: Changeble
    • Right: Changeable
    • Wrong: Embarass
    • Right: Embarrass
    • Wrong: Garantee
    • Right: Guarantee
    • Wrong: Independant
    • Right: Independent
    • Wrong: Carnell
    • Right: Colonel
    • Wrong: Millenium
    • Right: Millennium
    • Wrong: Mispell
    • Right: Misspell
    • Wrong: Definately
    • Right: Definitely
    • Wrong: Fluorosent
    • Right: Fluorescent
    • Wrong: Jist
    • Right: Gist
    • Wrong: Immediatly
    • Right: Immediately
    • Wrong: Prefered
    • Right: Preferred
    • Wrong: Publically
    • Right: Publicly
    • Wrong: Seperate
    • Right: Separate
    • Wrong: Succesful
    • Right: Successful

     




     

    Mistake No. 28

     

    Many of you use SECOND or THIRD FORM with DID

    He didn’t slept (wrong)
    He didn’t sleep (correct)

    Always use THE FIRST FORM OF VERB with DID

    More example:-

    I didn’t complete the work on time, and I apologise for it

    He didn’t wash the clothes, even though I told him to

     

     




     

    Read : Basic tips to improve English like never before 

     

    Mistake No. 29

     

    Forming INTERROGATIVE QUESTIONS incorrectly

    You like to play football

    becomes

    Do you like to play football?

     

    Similarly,

    He watches the match becomes

    Does he watch the match? (“es” will be replaced with “DO” in the interrogative sentence )

    Likewise,
    Do they play pool?

     




     

    Mistake No. 30

     

    Not using PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE for the actions which have started in the past and are still in the continuation phase

    For example,

    She has been working in the office since 2007  (if she is still working)

    He has been working in the college for 2 years now (if he is still employed as a teacher)

     

     




    Mistake No. 31

    Frequent mistakes in English Grammar

    LIKES OR LIKE

    My brother like to play cricket (wrong)

    You need to know that WITH THE HELPING VERBS

    HE, SHE, IT – THE MAIN VERB WILL BE SINGULAR

    So, here as the subject is (BROTHER) is singular, so the verb will also be singular

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 32

     

    Me or My

    He is coming to meet my (wrong)

    He is coming to meet me (correct

    They are coming to me house (wrong)
    They are coming to my house (correct)

    MY is always used before a noun

    My pen

    My shirt

    My shoes

    My building

    My mango

    My table




     

    MISTAKE NO. 33

    You can speak loud (wrong)

    You can speak loudly (correct)

    They speak clear (wrong)

    They speak clearly (correct)

    She speaks slow (wrong)
    She speaks slowly (correct)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 34

    Never use “VERY BETTER”

    Simply say “BETTER” or “MUCH BETTER”

    The patient feels very better after taking medicine (wrong)
    The patient feels better after taking medicine (correct)
    or

    The patient feels much better after taking medicine (correct)

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 35

     

    I go or I goes?

    Always use the plural form of verb with “I”  (without “s” or “es”)

    I goes to school daily (Wrong)
    I eats pomegranate (Wrong)

    I likes this painting (wrong)

    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    I go to school daily (Correct)
    I eat pomegranate (Correct)
    I like this painting (Correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 36

     

    THEY HAVE OR THEY HAS?

     

    When there is I, WE, YOU, THEY – We always use HAVE OR HAD




    They has gone (wrong)
    You has eaten the mango (wrong)

    They have gone (correct)
    You have eaten the mango (Correct)




    Mistake No. 37

     

    Older or Elder ?

     




    Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,

    • He is older to me (correct)
    • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

    Now, I am explaining to you.

    We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”




    I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

    • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
    • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

    Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

     

     




    Mistake No. 38

    12:AM  12:PM or 12 Noon 12 Midnight?

     




    Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

    If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

    One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

    For example,

    I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

    I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 39

     

    One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations




    We usually say,

    I have given the examination (wrong)

    We should say

    I have taken the exam (right)

    Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?




     

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 40

    More thinner (wrong)
    Thinner (correct)

    I am more thinner than him (wrong)
    I am thinner than him (correct)




    Mistake No. 41

     

    In the month of March or On the month of March?

    In the month of March (correct

    Always use IN with months

    For example

    In Jan

    In Feb
    In Mar

    In Apr

    In May

    In June

    In July

    In Aug

    In Sep

    In Oct

    In Nov

    In Dec

     

     




    Mistake No. 42

    Our or Us

    They are coming to us house (wrong)
    They are coming to our house (correct)

    OUR will always be used before a noun

    For example

    Our house

    Our country

    Our flag

    Our chair

    Our desk

    US will be used in the following sentences

    He is coming to meet us

    They have invited us

     

     

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : How I improved my English and how you can too 

    Mistake No. 43

     

    Play or Plays  FOR I, WE YOU THEY??

    They plays the game of cricket very well (wrong)

    With the subjects such as I, WE YOU, THEY  the main verb will be plural that is (WITHOUT “S” OR “ES”
    They play the game of cricket very well (correct

    Similarly, for promouns such as

    I /WE / YOU/THEY PLAY CRICKET VERY WELL

    I /WE / YOU/THEY GO FOR MOVIE EVERY WEEKEND

    I /WE / YOU/THEY WATCH THE MOVIE TOGETHER

     

     




    Mistake No. 44

     

    Not knowing where to use “HE”, “HIS” AND “HIM”

    For example

    He is going to him house (wrong)

    He is going to he house (wrong)

    He is going to his house (correct)

    “HIS” is always used before a NOUN

    For example

    HIS PEN

    HIS BOOK

    HIS TABLE

    HIS COUNTRY

    HIS BOTTLE

    HIS SYRINGE

     

     




    Mistake No. 45

     

    Always use the singular form of the verb with “EACH” & “EVERY”

     

    Many of you don’t realise that with “Each” and “Every”, we use the singular form of verb

    For example

     

    Each of these boys write well  (Wrong)

    Each of these boys writes well (correct)

    Another example

    Each of you go to school daily (Wrong)
    Each of you goes to school daily (correct)
    There is “s” with write

    Everyone of you paint well (Wrong)

    Everyone of you paints well (Correct)
    Another example
    Everyone of you drive well (Wrong)
    Everyone of you drives well (Correct)




    Mistake No. 46

     

    Neither or Both?

    Use “Neither” instead of “Both” in the following negative sentences.

    For example,
    Both of you didn’t come (wrong)

    Neither of you came  (Correct)
    Both of them aren’t sincere towards their studies (wrong)

    Neither of them are sincere towards their studies (Correct)

     

    Both of us aren’t going to attend the party (wrong)
    Neither of us are attending the party (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 47

     

     

    Always use the THIRD FORM OF VERB if it is followed by “THE” (The + verb )

    For example,

    I can surely say that this is the good building in town (wrong)
    Why?

    Because, good is the first of verb

    I can surely say that this is the best building in town (correct)

     

    It is the better painting, I have ever seen (Wrong)
    “Better” is the second form

    It is the best painting, I have ever seen (Correct)




     

    Mistake No. 48

     

    Never use helping verbs “twice” such as in the following sentences:-

    When I will come, I will call you (wrong)

    “WILL” shouldn’t be used two times in one sentence

    When I come, I will call you (correct)

    The moment, he will arrive, he will text me (wrong)
    The moment he arrives, he will text me (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 49

     

    Listen me or “Listen to” me?

    He doesn’t listen me (wrong)
    He doesn’t “listen to” me (correct)

    Always use “LISTEN TO”

    OR

    “LISTENING TO”

    He is not listening to me
    They are not listening to them

    She is not listening to her

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 50

     

    Use correct form of WORD in sentences

     

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : Complete guide to improve English in months 

    Mistake No. 51

     

     

    Always use AT before time

    At 5o’clock
    At 7 pm

    Can you arrive at 5o’clock?
    I need to catch my flight.

     

    Mistake 52

     

    Our auditorium is in the 3rd floor (wrong)

    Our auditorium is on the 3rd floor. (correct)

     

     

    Mistake 53

    His brother-in-laws have arrive at the party (wrong)

    His brothers-in-law have arrived at the party (correct)

    The plural of BROTHER-IN-LAW IS “BROTHERS-IN-LAW”

    Same is

    Sisters-in-law

    Mothers-in-law

     

     

    Mistake 54

    She has golden hairs (wrong)
    She has golden hair (correct)

    HAIR is plural in itself, so it will be unchanged

     

    Mistake 55

     

    I prefer tea than coffee (wrong)
    I prefer tea to coffee (correct)

    Always use TO with PREFER

    For example,

    I prefer trouser to jeans

    I prefer Nigeria to United States



    Mistake No. 56

     

    Its high time, he improves his verbal English (wrong)
    It’s high, he improved his verbal English (correct)

    With “IT’S HIGH TIME”, we use past tense, to refer the present

    Other examples:-

    It’s high time, he demonstrated his skills

    It’s high time, he learned Arabic

    It’s high time, he drove car

     




    Difference between
    It’s and Its

    Its- Used for denoting possession
    It’s – Short version of It is

    For example

    Use of Its
    The truck broke its window panes, due to strong winds
    This house is slightly cost effective than its neighbours

    The flag in my house is standing strongly in its poll, even after strong winds

     

    Use of  It’s
    It’s normal for people to move like this here

    It’s going to be dark soon, so we should head back

    It’s normal for people to sleep early here

     

     




     

    Read : Top 3 mistakes English learners should never forget in 2018

     

    Mistake No. 57

     

    I am having two brothers and two sisters.(wrong)

    I have two brothers and two sisters (correct)




    Mistake No. 58

     

    Our house is near to the lake (wrong)
    Our house is near the lake (correct)

    Never use “TO” with “NEAR”

    For example,
    I live near my friend

    My pet is near me

    I live near the countryside

     




     

    Mistake No. 59

     

    Does she has a cycle? (wrong)

    Does she have a car? (correct)

    The main verb “HAVE” denotes ownership

     




    Mistake No. 60

    I like very much baseball (wrong)
    I like baseball very much (correct)

    Always use “VERY MUCH” at the end of sentence

    Other examples

    He likes mangoes very much

    They like the play very much

    She likes mango very much




     

    Mistake No. 61

     

    “Today office is there?”   (wrong)

    Say in the following manner:-

    Is today a working day? (correct)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Mistake 62

    I will be going or I will be go?

    In future Tenses, after “BE”, we always use (ing) in verb

    He will be go to school tomorrow (Wrong)
    They will be watch television later (Wrong)

    I will be visit park tomorrow (wrong)
    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    He will be going to school tomorrow (Correct)
    They will be watching television later (Correct)

    I will be visiting park tomorrow (Correct)




     

    Mistake 63

    Watch or See?

    We use “Watch”  when we are looking at something in an attentive manner

    For example
    We watch television (correct)
    We look television (wrong)

    I am watching the actions of a stranger for over a week now
    He watches me whenever I try to speak in English




     

    We use “See” where we get things on our way

    For example
    We see people sleep on pavements

    I see children playing in the open




    Mistake No. 64

    Their or There?

    There (used for a place)
    Their (refers to something which is owned and related to group)

    For example:-

    I go there (place)
    I am going to their house (House is owned by them)
    He is going there (place)
    He is going their office (Office is owned by them)




     

    Mistake No. 65

    Who vs. Which?

     

    Who is used for a HUMAN BEING

    WHICH is  used for an OBJECT

     

    For example

    Saddam is a nice human being who (not WHICH) loves helping people

    He is the person who likes to eat ice-cream

     

    He gave a book which (not WHO) is quite informative

    I have an ice-cream which is quite tasty

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 66

    Come or Return?

    We often say that

    We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

    The correct form should be

    We have returned from office or school (right)

    The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

    We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

     

    While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
    For example, we can say

    My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)




    Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

    Like

    My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

    Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”




     

    Mistake No. 67

    I came to school by walking (wrong)

    I came to school on foot. (correct)

     




     

    Mistake No. 68

    What is the time in your watch? (wrong)

    What is the time by your watch? (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 69

    Gone or Went?

    Most of you use “Went” in the following sentences:-
    For example

    She had ate the mango (wrong)

    Or

    She has went there  (Wrong)

    Correct sentences will be
    She has eaten the mango (correct)

    She has gone there (Correct)

    Tip to remember:-

    We use the third form of verb with HELPING VERN SUCH AS HAS/HAVE/HAD
    If there is any verb used with them, then it has to be the third form of verb

    In the above case

      1. “Ate” is the “2nd” form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “EATEN”
      2. “Went” is the 2nd form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “GONE”

       

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 70

     

    HAS / HAVE OR HAD?

    Many of you think that if in any sentence “HAS” “HAVE” or “HAD” is used then, it will be a “Present Perfect Tense.
    It is not like that.
    For example,
    I have a ball (No perfect sentence, it is infact Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense )
    Why?

    Because, there is no MAIN VERB is used.  “HAVE” in the above sentence is just a helping verb

    Other examples of Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense are as follows:-

    He has a pen

    You have a ball
    They have bags

    He has a pencil

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 71

     

    DID WENT OR DID GO?

    You need to add the FIRST FORM OF VERB in sentences where “DID” is used

    For example
    He didn’t went (wrong)

    He didn’t go (correct)

    They didn’t listened me (wrong)

    They didn’t listen (correct)




    You didn’t wanted me to go there (wrong)

    You didn’t want me to go there (correct)

    I didn’t liked the image (Wrong)

    I didn’t like the mango (correct)

    She didn’t watered the plants (Wrong)

    She didn’t water the plants (correct)

    YOU NEED TO ADD FIRST FORM OF VERB WITH DID (as above)




     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 72

     

    Mistake
    Never make nouns plural with EVERY

    For example

    Every students (wrong)
    Every pencils (wrong)

    Correct are
    Every student (correct)

    Every pencil (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 73

     

     

    Where I can find the washroom? (Wrong)
    Where can I find the washroom? (Correct)

     

    After “WHERE” helping verb will be used in the aforesaid INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

    Similarly,

    Where I can find your notes? (wrong)
    Where can I find your notes? (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 74

     

    Never Add “WHO’” with non-living things

    For example

    The book who you gave is quite informative (wrong)

    The book which you gave is quite informative (correct)
    Book is a non-living thing and we use WHICH instead of WHO

     

    The pencil who you gave is lost (wrong)
    The pencil which you gave is list (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 75

     

    Few or Less?

    Few is used with countable nouns

    Less with uncountable nouns

    For example:-

    I met few people today (not less people)
    He has given me less sugar where I can’t even prepare two cups of tea (Not few sugar)
    He has given me few coins (not less)
    We have less than an hour left  (not few)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 76

    Anyways (wrong)

    Anyway (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 77

    They need not to (wrong)

    They don’t need to (correct)

    Always, use helping verb after subject

    Another example

    He doesn’t need to eat heavy lunch at night

    They don’t need to play games for an hour




    Mistake No. 78

     

    Write the names of fruits with ink (wrong)

    Write the names of fruits  in ink (correct)

    INK is always denoted with “IN”

    In INK

     

     

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 79

     

    There or Their?

    I am going to there house to meet them (wrong)

    I am going to their house to meet them (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 80

     

    He is in call right now (wrong)

    He is on call right now (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 81

     

    My favourite match will be in television tonight (wrong)
    My favourite match will be on television tonight (correct)

     

    MISTAKE NO. 82

     

    I was on work all day (wrong)
    I was at work all day (correct)

    Always say AT work

    Where were you?

    I was at work




     

    Read : Don’t miss reading the post, if you want to pass interview  

     

    MISTAKE NO. 83

     

    Who or Whom?

    I consulted the doctor who I met on train (wrong)

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person ) (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 84

    Where to use “accept” and “except”

    Accept

    I except your offer, since it looks quite attractive (Wrong)

    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive (correct)

    They excepted my nature and pardoned me (wrong)
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me  (correct)

     

    Except

    The barracks were open for all the jailers, accept one (wrong)
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one (correct)

    Accept for him, all his family members were happy (wrong)

    Except for him, all his family members were happy (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 85

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 86

    How to write the same sentence in different ways :-

     

    I am excitedly waiting to hear the good news of my son’s success in exam

    I am waiting in excitement to get the pleasant news of my son’s success in exam

    Other example

    I am not surprised to know that U.S is going to send relief items to Iraq

    The news of U.S sending relief items to Iraq doesn’t surprise me




     

    MISTAKE NO. 87

     

    “Than” is used for comparing things
    For example
    There are more jars than plates in your kitchen

    “Then” is used for time related actions and events
    For example:-
    Come by 11 tonight, I will be at home by then

     




    MISTAKE NO. 88

    What time it is? (wrong)
    What time is it ? (correct)

    Always use the helping verb first in the Interrogative sentences

    Other examples

    What are you going to do after Class 12th?

    What will happen to your old car?

     




    Mistake No. 89

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered to me (wrong)

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered me (correct)

    Always say

    Answered me

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 90

    One of my friend is a doctor (wrong)
    One of my friends is a doctor (correct)

    The noun will always be plural with ONE OF MY

    Other examples

    One of my pen

    One of my books

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 91

    Me or My

    I want you to be me friend (wrong)

    I want you to be my friend (correct)




    MISTAKE NO. 92

    12 :am or 12 : pm

    12 is neither AM or PM

    It is either 12 NOON or 12 midnight




     

    MISTAKE NO. 93

     

    Yours sincerely or Yours lovingly?

    In Formal Letter, always say
    Your sincerely or Your faithfully

     

    While in Informal letters,

    say

    Yours lovingly




     

    MISTAKE NO. 94

    Call he (wrong)

    Call him (correct)

    Similarly,

    Call them

    Call her

    Call us

    Call me

    Call you

     




    Read : Want to pass interview? Read these tips 

    MISTAKE NO. 95

     

    Farther and Further?

    “Farther” is used to denote a considerable distance

    For example:-

    His rocket landed farther down the road than mine

    “Further” is used to denote an action which is ahead

    For example
    The fight between the two parties will lead to further damage

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 96

     

    I wore a jeans (wrong)
    I wore a pair of jeans (correct)
    I wore jeans (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 97

    Noun – Practice

    The physician’s practice

    Verb – Practise

    How long have you been practising management?

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 98

     

    The client has ordered for a wedding cake (wrong)

    The client has ordered a wedding cake (correct)

     

    Other examples:-
    He has ordered a mobile online

    The doctor has ordered a stethoscope

     




     

     

    Mistake No. 99

     

    More taller (wrong)
    Taller (correct

    He is more taller than you (wrong)
    He is taller than you (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 100

    On Sunday or In Sunday?

    Always use ON with days of the week

    For example

    On Sunday

    On Monday

    On Tuesday
    On Wednesday
    On Thursday

    On Friday

    On Saturday

     




     

    Mistake No. 101

     

     

    Where to use
    He – His – Him

    I – my – me

    We – Our – Us
    You – Your – You

    They – Their – Them

     

     

    His- My – Our – Your – Their – will always be used before a noun
    For example

    His pen

    My pen

    Our Pen

    Your Pen
    Their Pen

    Him- Me – Us – You – Them – will always be used alone (without a noun)

    For example:-

    They are going to meet him

    They are going to meet me

    They are going to meet us

    They are going to meet you

    They are going to meet them

     

    Read :   How to start improving English now  

     

     




     

     

     

     




    Accept and Except
    Accept – To receive
    Except – Exclude
    Confusion starts, as both of them looks quite similar , but have totally different meaning




    Sentences with ACCEPT

    Let’s help you in creating sentences so that you can actually their individual meaning
    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me
    He will accept me, as I have told the truth
    The management accepted my letter of apology, as a letter my respect for them has increased further
    The cops didn’t accept the fact that the man stole the valuables




    Sentences with Except




    I took every medicine recommended except this one, but now I realise that I should have taken before.
    Except today all the days were cloudy this week
    All my friends were going to zoo, except me
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one
    Except for him, all his family members were happy
    Except this year, I got promotion everyyear

    Now, take part in the QUIZ

    [wp_quiz_pro id=”2749″]

    Read : 15 English grammar mistakes you are making in 2018




     

     

     

     




    Who and Whom – Mistakes

     

    Who is the subjective pronoun like I, we, you, they, He , she, it
    Whom is the objective pronoun Like me, us, you, them, him, her




    Who and Whom both denotes the human-beings, But, their use is different

    Whom – Where is it used?

    Will be used for an individual – no organization or company
    No sentence will start with “Whom”
    Whom will always be used in the middle

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person )




     

    Who – Where is it used?

    It is used for subjective pronouns such as I, we you, they, he, she, it
    For example
    Who was the doctor whom you consulted?
    Ans. I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person)

     

    Let’s take the use of “Who”

     

    Who was that person?
    He is my friend

    Who was with you yesterday?
    He was my English Teacher
    Who was accompanying you last night?
    He was my mentor
    Who was with you in car?
    He was my father.




     

     

    Let’s take use of “WHOM”

    I met the architect in my office whom I greeted in the party last night

    I am very happy to shake hands with the Prime Minister whom I met at the airport.

    Whom  should I talk for getting this work done in the department?

    To who was this letter directed?

    Whom do you believe for getting this work done professionally?

    I am in a fix with whom, I am going to partner for the show

     







    5 ways to clean your social media image before you apply for a job

    ima

     

    Do you know that your unprofessional social media profile can actually finish your job prospect?

    Do you know that potential recruiters secretly search for your actual “self” before they actually hire you in their reputed companies?

    Yes, as a professional recruiter myself, I have to admit the same.

    Don’t wait and read the below post:-

    Every year, millions of students pass from their respective colleges and there goes the hunt for getting the most suited job according to their qualifications. However, in the process little do they realize about their social media profile which can become the base for their recruiters to get a hold of the different personality, beyond the boundaries of their resume. Hence, it is going to act as a death knell even before you were supposed to make a priceless first impression. Even, if you are already placed in the job, it wont make much of a difference for the recruiters to “fire you”. Since, there are companies who are on the look out for the slightest excuse so that they can eliminate you and this practice of yours can become the perfect base for them to even sue you as well. Since, social media sites such as Facebook, has become quite a prominent medium to be searched online, your identity can easily be revealed by your professional recruiters while doing home-work. Therefore, it is important for me to tell you about Things Your Business Should Never Do On FaceBook

    Even if you a drinker, yet you do not want you employers to find out the same. Isn’t it? Therefore, make no mistake of posting such pictures. Hence, review your profile pictures along with the tagged photos to be at a safer side. If you have a clean image online, you will be regarded as a professional and believe it or not, that even your Weaknesses can actually land you a  job. Here’s how 

    Enhance your public profile by posting a professional picture

    Never like “questionable content” or else be ready to get embarrassed or even worse that it becomes the base for your employer to reject you. The smart way is to “like” the pages which are related with the position which you are applying for. Your public profile should speak volumes about your personality and it should be of a fun loving guy as well. Since, you want to be perceived in the same fashion as well.

     

    Don’t show your negativity online

    You cannot afford to air your negative things on social media sites. After all, your HR or your boss is going to find out the same. Hence, it is better to avoid showing your temperament and attitude. Therefore, do not indulge in backbiting or else it will act as a death knell for you. Yes, as you are going to enter a professional arena, where your skills count. So, always market yourself in the most professionalised manner. Likewise, you should also be prepared for the answer –Why should we hire you – asked by the interviewer

     

    Accept the friend request of your Boss

    It is not advisable to maintain relations with the boss outside the Facebook, however,  you do not have any other option if your boss sends friend request to you. Therefore, you have to be over cautious with the dealings which you do in future in terms of the comments which you post. Remember, your profile isn’t secret anymore. Other than that, regrets are a part of human beings and believe it or not, while in the interview room, you will be asked What is your biggest regret and why? – Here’s the detailed answer

    Don’t stir up controversy

    It is better to keep yourself away from commenting on social as well as religious beliefs on Facebook and Twitter. Since, these sorts of posts can actually backfire you. The HR department will not think twice towards terminating you.

    Read : The big business of Facebook likes – Every thing you want to know about them

    Hence, while reading the aforesaid article, you can help yourself towards ensuring a clean image online. Therefore, from now on, you can effectively balance your social media as well as professional life in a highly sophisticated way. Life is all about enjoying to the fullest. Therefore, arm yourself with such valuable information and enjoy like never before as well. After all, even an appropriate interest or party photo is enough towards making you jobless once and for all. If you thought, that just by enabling privacy settings in your social media site, things are going to be smooth for you, think again. Since, your Facebook profile does not just represent yourself, it has the big world beyond you too. Therefore, you need to be at your best in front of every one, as it is the others who help towards creating your online image. Isn’t it?

    Also Read : 201 ways to improve English in 2019 and pass interview successfully

    When the interviewer says, “Tell me About yourself”

    Introduce yourself

     

    Tell your name.

     

    Your Qualification

    Just tell about your latest qualification

    For example, if your highest qualification is Masters in Business Administration, then you should say

    “I have done M.B.A in Marketing (or your specific stream)

     

    (You don’t have to narrate the whole Bio-Data, since that you would have already given as a hard-copy)

     

     

    Your Hobbies

     

    It is important to tell about those specific hobbies which actually match the job you are applying for. Yes, it is important.

     

    For example, if you are applying for the job of SALES, then your preferred hobby should be

     “Conversing with people”

     

    You need to mention that you are extrovert and communicating with people is the best time pass

    Read : How should I write a letter to the company enquiring if there is any job available?

    Also Read : Tips to prepare English language right from basics – Complete Guide (November 2017)

    175+ secrets to improve English Grammar in 2018 – English Ma’am

    Highly recommended book
    Buy only, if you are really serious to purchase.

    As a 11 years experienced Teacher, I want to say that I normally don’t recommend any book, but then this book will MAKE THE PLEASANT DIFFERENCE WITH YOUR ENGLISH GRAMMAR




    Hi Everyone,

    This is your English Ma’am who is going to reveal those secrets towards improving English which you wouldn’t have heard anywhere uptill now.

    Yes, hold tight , as the following long and researched post will give you a new easy way to improve English by removing the perception that English is boring or difficult to learn.

    Yes, after the end of the post, you will know, it is so easy to learn and improve, based on the proper guidance.

    Yes, as a 10 years experienced English Teacher, I am going to reveal the easiest ways.

    Before, proceeding further, let me ask you few things.




    Do you know that just by taking out 15 minutes from your schedule, you can actually help you get a sense of how to move forward with regards to improving your English?

    Are you very serious to improve your English now?

    Aren’t you getting a high-paying job just because you don’t know English well?

    If yes, has been the answer to all the queries above, then you are at the right place.

    Now, take out atleast 15 minutes to read the following post about how you can actually start to speak and write in English and pass banking exam successfully

    Yes, by the time, you will read the post, your basics will be clear to a great extent, provided that you show seriousness.

    English is important in any field. So, if you are the masters in it, then potentially you can reach the zenith earlier, as compared to others. Therefore, it is important to polish skills.

    In the following article, I am sharing my experiences of how I mastered over this language in a full fledged way along with giving easy and practical steps which will help English Learners massively.




    My passion for enhancing English skills grew from my childhood days as I was in early years of my schooling. Till I was in class 6th, my English was not even upto the mark then. I used to get punishment from teachers as well as parents for failing to get requisite marks in any subject and English was not an exception.

    Although, I was able to understand to what others used to speak, yet I couldn’t communicate with them in English and I believe that most of us face such predicament. Isn’t it?

    You might not believe that it was the reality that I used to bring all the English dailies in the morning such as “Times of India”, “Hindustan Times”, “Pioneer” for polishing my English. Of all the newspapers, what I found in “Pioneer” was that, it offers comparably easy use of words. Therefore, initially, I would recommend this newspaper for those who want to learn skills of English. Because, when I say easy use of words, I mean as compared to other English dailies.

    However, soon I got counseling from one of my uncles who equally happened to be a HOD in a University. He is a really nice man. I must say. He gave me enough reasons to polish my English, since all other subjects are primarily based on English as well and later on even a high paying professional life is based on good grasp of English language. So, if I will improve my English, I can equally be able to have a better control over other subjects too which can equally help me get the job of my dream. That was the day which proved to be a change for me.

     

    He suggested me to purchase the following book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

     

    I am telling from my own personal experience that the difference which I found with the book has been awesome and due to polishing my English further, I got confidence and enrolled myself for a mass communication course in Lucknow University after passing with high grades in 10+2 and soon started working for a newspaper namely Hindustan Times. You can also check out my published article down below (with my name)

    The best professionally viable difference was that I continue to get my articles published. You can check my other post published in Hindustan Times below

    Years before, the book was doing its work. Yes, you guessed it right that it started to help me know the most impeccable English right from basics. Yes, it was something which I couldn’t even think of otherwise. I started getting my concept clear with perfection. Yes, there wasn’t even an iota of doubt or confusion now. It has been years, still I know what I had learnt way back then and all of those awesome concepts and basic understanding is still fresh in my mind.

    For example, I came to know many of the following things:-

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say




    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

    I can’t go in detail about whole grammar in the post though. But you can surely help yourself by purchasing the book English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

     

    The book was an eye opener for me and along with the same, I equally thanked my Uncle and persuaded him to continue to give guidance side-by-side and he obliged. My passion started growing when I started seeing the pleasant change.

    When I used to read the English Grammar book, I made it a point of writing the words which I did not know the meaning of. That gave me enough reasons to strengthen my vocabulary as well. How can I miss watching English news channels? As I said that it became my passion, so I used to get enjoyment by watching news channels and I equally used to closely monitor the way certain words were pronounced. Since, that’s equally matter as well.




    I made it a point to listen news by keeping “pen” and “piece of paper” handy, in order to jot down the difficult words. Although, considering flawless and speedy way the anchors speak English, I couldn’t get a grasp of certain words, yet that was only short lived, since I started getting familiar with the words.

    How English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

    continue to skyrocket my career . Let’s find out more :-

    My uncle was equally upbeat since I used to make use of new words. He also advised me to stand in front of mirror in order to communicate with yourself by looking at your eyes. This was equally another pleasant change which I experienced. This exercise is a must, if you want to enhance your confidence. As you speak in such a fashion, it gives you enough boost towards working on your aim.

    Months passed by and soon even my classmates started getting the feel of how passionate I am towards English. If they come across with any word in any subject, they used to ask me and thankfully I have the answer to most of them.




    The kind of passion which I had for English can be gauged from the fact that I used to score the highest marks in English. Interestingly, when the teacher used to speak out marks of the subject, all the heads used to roll towards me in bewilderment.

    The benefits which English had in my schooling days:-

    • Earlier, it became extremely difficult for me to mug up long answers, since my English was not even up to the mark. It was so poor that I couldn’t even comprehend as to what was written. Therefore, in the event when I forgot certain words, my whole answer becomes meanigless.
    • However, later on I started learning the whole essence and I was in a position to write answers in my own words, thus impressing my teacher as well.

    For those who want to sharpen their English, there are list of things which one should follow (I am telling from my own experience)




    • Get English newspaper namely “Pioneer” and the paper can long last through a week. Since, you can’t read more than once side of a paper daily. Write down the meaning of the difficult words which you come across by goggling or referring dictionary what ever eases you.
    • Purchase the English Grammar book namely English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 
    • Make a habit of taking out time from 8:45 till 9:15 at night and listen to AIR (National Radio). You know why I am saying is that they air Hindi news in the first half and exactly English version of the same in the second half. It will help you too, like the way it helped me.
    • Communicate yourself in front of mirror
    • Listen to English news channels and have pen and paper ready to write down the English words.

    To the best of my knowledge, that sums up my entire experience towards sharpening my skills.

    Try to learn one new word on daily basis and most importantly introspect like the way it is used in the sentence.

    The irony is, most of us only emphasize on the need to learn a new word, but I am telling from my own experience that it is equally important to refer dictionary and closely look at the way the specific word is used in the sentence.

    After all, English is all about learning the intricacies. One of the most common mistakes which people commit while making the use of “older” and “elder”

    Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,




    • He is older to me (correct)
    • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

    Now, I am explaining to you.

    We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”

    I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

    • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
    • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

    Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

    Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

    If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

    One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

    For example,

    I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

    I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

    One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations

    We usually say,

    I have given the examination (wrong)

    We should say

    I have taken the exam (right)

    Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?

     




    We also unknowingly make the following mistakes and we don’t realise, so it is important to know them in detail as well:-

    The food is good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with FOOD)

    The food is tasty, sumptuous, mouthwatering or delicious (You can use any one amongst these four for food)

    We shouldn’t say

    The match was good (The word “good” shouldn’t be used with Match)

    The correct form is

    The match was interesting, electrifying etc.

    Similarly, if we want to compliment any girl, we use “beautiful” while for boys we use “handsome”.

    These are some of small things which matters a lot in the long run and I came to know through the book

    Hence, besides learning the new word, you will equally know the way to use it in your sentence (I have told you in the above example)




     

    It is important to learn synonymous (words which hold the same meaning). You know why I am saying this is while writing content, you shouldn’t use the same word again and again since it will distract your readers and they will not come again to read it.

    Now,

    For example while writing content if I have to use the word “sad” again and again, I will rather not repeat it. Since, I know there are so many words which I can use in its place.

    For example,

    1. I am sad

    It can be done written in another way such as

    1. I am depressed
    2. I am feeling low
    3. I am a bit disturbed
    4. I am not feeling good

    I am giving another example which will equally help you understand in a better way as well:-

    I hate lazy people

    It can be done written in another way such as




    • I don’t like people who are lazy
    • I don’t like people who don’t do any thing

    There are so many ways I can compensate this word while expressing my state of mind to the readers. Hence, readers can equally maintain their interest.

    I can convey my expressions in various words without facing any sort of problem in the process.

    I am again emphasizing on the basic fact that I just made it a point towards thoroughly studying the grammar book along with reading newspapers and making sure that I grasp new words. Again I am emphasizing over the fact that I am extremely careful while using different words.

    I grew in an English medium background and I always had tremendous interest towards learning as well as polishing skills. Studying in an English medium background has its fair share of challenges as well since every one in the school expected me to have great hold of English and to be at par with their acceptations was something which I have to do any how.




    Have a look at my experiences

    In order to help you further, I need to share my additional experiences as well, after all they matter a lot towards helping you to overcome them

    The problem which I faced while sharpening my English skills- Earlier 

    I wasn’t getting a proper environment where I can talk with my friends of family members. Although, I tried talking to them, yet most of them were not supportive. Honestly speaking, I couldn’t blame them as well, since they neither had much grasp about the language, nor they had any interest in the same as well. In return, I had to face lots of sarcasm from them as they said that I am trying to become an English man and similar such sorts of comments.

    There was a phase when I used to feel that all my hard-work is going down the drain. I made full use of my holidays as well as free time by writing letters as well as essays on daily basis after getting guidance from English grammar book. Apart from that, I also used to watch English news channels.

    So, my main motive to write the post is that if you feel that you are not getting due share of your hard work, don’t worry, you will eventually get provided that you stick doing to what I have told you in my earlier posts.




    1. The thing which I will suggest you is to be habitual of watching English news channels on daily basis. If you are in the learning phase, it is important for you to come across with new words so that you can memorize them. Hence, there is a very little chance that they (words) will slip from your mind (owing to the fact that you will be in full practice)
    2. However, I devised another innovative trick which I missed mentioning earlier and that was to do the cricket commentary by muting the television. After all, every one of us love cricket to the core and why not to comment by muting it off. This will further make your journey of sharpening your skills a lot easy like never before. Since, the more you speak yourself, the better it is going to be for you towards enhancing the powers.

    English has seen few changes in the process as well. For example,

    1. In my earlier days, I have been grown up learning that, with pronouns such as “I” and “We”, we are supposed to use the helping word “Shall” and for other pronouns in the form of “He”, “She”, “It”, “We” and They”, we will use “Will”. However, that hasn’t been the case now. Since, with any pronouns we only use “Will”. For example,

    I will go there.

    He will return from there.

    If you want to know more of such tricky and awesome English grammar uses, then purchase the below book


    English is regarded to be a funny language and if the learning phase is devoid of fun and frolic, then you possibly won’t enjoy much. On the same lines, there is a word namely “Gay” which was primarily used for “Happiness”. I still remember that I have used this word so many times primarily to express my state of mind by saying, that I am gay. However, with the passage of time, it’s another meaning possibly held a far greater significance and if today, I will use this word again, then in all probability, others will be confused and surprised regarding my gender as well. Isn’t it?

    In English, we would have often use the word “Come” and “return” and all of us know their meaning as well. However, when it comes to their proper usage of words, we often make the most prominent mistake.

    For example,

    We often say that

    We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

    The correct form should be

    We have returned from office or school (right)

    The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

    We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

    While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
    For example, we can say

    My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)

    Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

    Like

    My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

    Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”

     




    Let’s take a look at the other mistakes which I realised after going through English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 

    We often compliment something or the other if we felt good. However, rarely do we use the most importance word during such times,

    Apart from these, one of the other things which you need to start preparing yourself is about Active and Passive Voice




     

    For example

    The lion killed the deer (Active Voice)

    The deer was killed by the lion (Passive Voice)

    As a blogger cum writer, if you are told to re-write a certain paragraph, then you can easily make the best use of this knowledge.

    My experience

    One of my other experiences which I am sharing in the post relates to the time when I was in class Third standard. I still remember that the teacher asked me about my hobbies and I said “Computer”. She corrected me by saying that it should be

    “I love playing on computer”

    or




    “I love working on computer”

    Similarly, those who love music, when being asked about their hobbies, they should say that they “love listening music”.

    Same goes with other hobbies as well.

    I am going to further furnish more knowledgeable posts, which will make your journey of writing as well as speaking English easy like never before.

    In all the earlier posts, I have been trying my level best to tell you intricacies as well in order to help you further.

    Grammar is regarded to be the backbone without which you possibly can’t polish the English skills. Hence, make sure that you are well versed with the tenses.

    These are few of the most common mistakes which we do. I am going to tell you more in other posts.

    • Due to the rampant use of internet, do take out time to read online newspapers in English since it will give you enough boost.
    • How can you forget to go through the posts of renowned bloggers? This is another sure cut exercise by which you will become more confident in your approach.

    It is not possible for me to explain each and every tense, and  the best thing is that you can easily check the concepts here

    English Grammar in Use: A Self Study Reference and Practice Book Intermediate Learners Book 




    which help you get a grasp of both written and spoken English, like never before. It will indeed assist you for sure, as I have myself checked the same. What more do you want, when it is reasonably priced as well.
    Also practise saying the same thing in other way, as it helps you to increase your vocabulary

    63 (and counting) ways to begin the sentence with “I love it when”

    I am writing the following sentences to start with the word

    “I love it when”

      1. he shows respect towards me
      2. everybody listens to me
      3. there are no haters
      4. poor are fed infront of my eyes
      5. everyone is nice to me
      6. you show care to me
      7. there is a transparent procedure maintained in recruitment by the concerned departments
      8. they don’t make fun of me
      9. you start talking to me
      10. my mother cooks delicious food




    1. they have their best strategies to plan for my upcoming holiday session
    2. you have every beautiful thing to say to me
    3. they have stopped backbiting
    4. my children kiss me
    5. my father gives pocket money everyday
    6. poor are fed by rich
    7. you are the one who understands me
    8. my hubby calls me every evening
    9. my wife cooks my favorite dish
    10. my parents bestow love and affection to me
    • they give scant regard to the allegations of others
    • the whole world thinks me to be a sweet person
    • my exams are delayed for another week
    • the incessant rains declare school holiday
    • I get the prize of my hardwork
    • my hubby stands with me, no matter what
    • people recognize my skills
    • I get my share of success through increment
    • There is no bitter news about the suferings in the world on anyday
    • she is the one to call me first on my birthday
    1. I get the instant message from my wife who is out in her hometown
    2. my parents easily agree to my demand
    3. I have my favorite chocolate
    4. Nobody interuppts me from plying my favorite game
    5. My friends respect me truly as they believe me
    6. The whole words seems to be beautiful with all the nicest people
    7. There is no poverty or hatred left in the world
    8. I have been the obvious choice for my parents to go to picnic
    9. No body has anything to say bad behind my back
    10. Promises are kept
    1. People around the globe live a happy life
    2. Everyone is simply so sweet to me
    3. People praise me behind their back
    4. Victims get the justice
    5. Accuse get behind the bars
    6. Concerned authorities do their job by hearing the concerns of victims
    7. People may not be rich, but they have big heart and are equally ready to help others
    8. Everyone is ready to learn from their mistakes
    9. Seniors love their juniors while they get respect in return too
    10. The world greets everybody on the account of festivals
      1. Different religions co-exist
      2. People may be rich, but they still have big heart where they show their concern for downtrodden
      3. The examples of humanity enforce the fact that the world is still beautiful
      4. The crime has fallen to an all time low
      5. I watch comedy shows as this is my hobby
      6. People distribute water in a hot summer day
      7. Auto drivers return the lost baggage of their clients
      8. I attend marriage parties of my friends
      9. My parents are happy
      10. My friends give moral support to me especially when I am down




    Read : 50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    1. People run to help elders on road
    2. Justice is not actually delayed
    3. We as people give birth to a safe and secured society

    50 most powerful (and counting) ways to use the word “it” in English sentences

    One of my readers asked the ways to use the word “it”

    So, it necessitates me to write the following post in order to help you guys understand, the correct method “it” is actually used in English grammar

    The word “it” is just a means to start a sentence.

    There are other following sentences starting with the word “it”

    1. It may rain today
    2. It is hot
    3. It will be very windy in few minutes
    4. It is a good scripture
    5. It will look good on you
    6. It is going to create history
    7. It will bring a revolution
    8. It may harm you
    9. It is cold outside
    10. It may bring a certain level of discomfort

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too

    1. It will indeed going to make everyone embarrassed
    2. It is the best advice which I have possibly got in years
    3. It will certainly be the best time of my life
    4. It will bring two countries closer
    5. It is going to be the best time of my life
    6. It may bring my friend think twice
    7. It will never rain during this time of the year
    8. It is going to be the worst moment of the history
    9. It may bring enough cheers to the people who were expecting celebration of sorts
    10. It will indeed be the best way to lead a life of happiness

    Read : How to polish English skills – Second Post




    1. It may never feel that way, but it actually shows
    2. It will certainly be etched in my memory forever
    3. It will be necessary for me to shout at you now
    4. It is going to be possibly the best time of my life
    5. It will indeed be etched in the memory forever
    6. It is going to have its repurcussions for people
    7. It may look wrong, but it is actually right
    8. It should look awkward considering so many decorative materials attached to it
    9. It is going to be the worst dress which you will wear
    10. It will infact make you famous for all the wrong reasons

    Read : How I polished my English skills and how you should too?




    1. It shouldn’t come as a surprise, but you are the best person, I have come across with
    2. It will be quite a serene atmosphere considering that the storm has just passed by
    3. It will truly be the most coveted moment considering I have my family with me
    4. It may look pleasant to the ears of others, but not mine
    5. It will be a showpiece which history will remember for all the wrong reasons
    6. It is going to be the best way to take revenge from this man, who has no ettiquettes
    7. It will be the best thing you could have done for his kind deeds
    8. It is one life, so you can either live it to the fullest or destroy it by indulging in immoral activities
    9. It is going to be the classic show, as the actors from different countries of the world are taking part
    10. It may be the best way to counter his allegations, but I am certainly not interested

    Read : How I polished my English Skills- Forth post




    1. It will be quite a historical moment, considering two nations coming together for an amicable solution to the long pending issue
    2. It is right on your part
    3. It has been said multiple times, but still he doesn’t seem to understand
    4. It is going to be the best phase for him considering the fact that he has just been released from the prison to start the life afresh
    5. It will look good on him provided he mends his way and develops respect for his elders
    6. It should only be useful, if you know how you can better make use of this machine
    7. It shouldn’t bother you, as you have got all the paper work authenticating your honesty
    8. It will be the best moment, which you should consider as you are already free from all the charges
    9. It will be the most awesome moment as he has just won the long pending case today
    10. It will create moments of history for his family who has the credit of travelling to different places of the world in style.

    Read : How I polished my English skills – Fifth post




    1. It isn’t the place which I have visited last time
    2. It is fine, but I need more choices to make my decision
    3. It can create a certain level of confusion for the visiting delegates
    4. It should be what people actually desire and wish for
    5. It will be morally correct, but again not everyone will be ready to agree on this

    I would have highly recommend you to purchase the following English Grammar Book, if you are really serious towards polishing your written and oral English


    As you purchase the book, you will know the real difference it makes for someone who has great hunger to improve English, but wasn’t able to, uptill now. The book will open thousands of morale boosting, simple and easy techniques right from basics to help you improve your English. Being a reasonably priced one, you can surely expect HAPPY TIMES ahead as well.




     

    Read : 101 Golden Rules to improve English

     

     

     

     

    Mistake No. 1

    Many of you while introducing yourself say

    Myself I am Saddam (wrong)

    I am Saddam (correct)

     

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 2

     

    Use Apostrophe in the right position

    Saddam book (wrong)

    Saddam’s book  (book belongs to Saddam)

    Arpits pen (wrong)
    Arpit’s pen (pen belongs to Arpit)

     

     

    Mistake No. 3

     

    Let us go by walk. (wrong)

    Let us walk.  (correct)

    Read : Know Interview questions from experts to get  a high-paying job 

     

    Mistake No. 4

     

    He asked me where do I stay? (wrong)
    He asked me where I stay (correct)

    NEVER USE DO/DOES/DID in reported speech

    Other examples
    They asked me , where I work

    I asked them, where they play baseball

    He asked them, where they sleep

     

    Mistake No. 5

     




    Too or To?

    Use of “TOO”

    It is too hot

    The weather is too cold

     

    Use of “TO”

    I will go to his house

    He is supposed to return to his place

     

     

    Mistake No. 6

    He is twenty-five years (wrong)

    He is twenty-five years old (correct)

     

    Read : Don’t miss these basic tips to improve English 

     

    Mistake No. 7

     

    They have left smoking (wrong)

    They have stopped smoking (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 8

     

    I have a good news for you related with your career  (wrong)
    I have good news for you related with your career (correct)

    Always say

    I have good news

     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 9

     

    The rain is happening (wrong)
    It is raining (correct)




    Always use “IT” in similar sentences.

    For example,

    It is a hot day

    It is windy

    It is cloudy

     




     

    Mistake No. 10

     

    This is not a proper way, to approach to this question (wrong)
    This is not a proper way to approach this question (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 11

    Verb will be used in relation with the subejct

    Your verb is only defined by the subject. If your subject is plural, then the verb will be plural and if the subject is singular, then it will be singular.

    For example:-
    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar was in vain (wrong)
    Here, the subject is “efforts” which is plural, so you have to place the plural verb

    The efforts of the rat to reach the butter jar were in vain (correct)

     

    Similarly,

    He along with friends were discharged from hospital (wrong)

    Here, the subject is “HE” so, you have to use the verb in SINGULAR FORM

     

    He along with friends was discharged from hospital (correct)

     

    Another example:-

    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch was simply useless (wrong)

    “Attempts” are plural, so “WERE” is used
    The attempts of the elephant to cross the ditch were simply useless (correct)

    Saddam along with Sadeeq is going for a dinner

    “Saddam” is singular so “is” used

    Sadeeq together with his friends is playing cricket.




    Read : How to pass interview for a lucrative job

    Mistake No. 12

     

     

    Give an exam (wrong)
    Take an exam (correct)

    If someone has appeared in the exam, then we can say

    He/She has taken exam (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 13

     

     

    Correct use of They and Their

    They are going to them house (wrong)
    They are going to their house (correct)
    I will be going to them house (wrong)
    I will be going to their house (correct)

     

     

    “THEIR” will always be used before a noun

    In the above sentences : House is a noun, and “THEIR” is used before it

    Similarly,
    I have taken their book for a day

    BOOK is  a noun and I have used “THEIR” before that.

    THEIR pen

    THEIR computer

    THEIR cupboard

    THEIR bed-sheet

    THEIR account

    THEIR auditorium

     

     




     

    Read : Easiest of tips to improve English in months  

     

    Mistake No. 14

     

    Reply back / Revert back  (wrong)

    Reply / Revert  (correct)

    Since, “REVERT”  or “REPLY” itself means, the same thing, so we don’t have to use BACK

    So, we can say

    Kindly, revert at the earliest

    or

    Kindly reply, as soon as possible

     




     

    Mistake No. 15

     

     

    Everybody must listen to their inner voice (wrong)
    Everybody must listen to HIS or HER inner voice (correct)

     

    When the subject is EVERYBODY” we don’t use pronoun THEIR, we use HIS or HER

    Another example

    Everybody must do his or her work diligently

     

    Similarly,  no one, and nobody anyone, anybody, everyone, everybody, someone,somebody are always singular.




     

    Mistake No. 16

     

    Mistake
    Me and Saddam live here  (wrong)
    Saddam and I live here (Correct)

    Hint – If there are two people, always use yourself second and denote yourself with “I”

    Another example:-

    Sadeeq and I like mango
    John and I sleep here

     




     

    Mistake No. 17

     

    Mistake
    It is more cold today (wrong)
    It is colder today (correct

    You should know positive, comparative and superlative degrees

    For example,
    Cold (positive) Colder (comparative) Coldest (superlative)

    He is more short than me (wrong)
    He is shorter than me (Correct)
    Short (Positive) Shorter (comparative) Shortest (Superlative)




     

    Mistake No. 18

     

    Mistake

    How many pencils you have? (wrong)
    How many pencils do you have (correct)

    In order to know HOW I HAVE DONE

    Simply break the sentence in the following way

    First write a simple sentence

    • You have pencils
    • Do you have pencils?
    • How many pencil do you have?

    Another example:-

    Where has he gone ? or Where he has gone ?
    Correct one is
    Where has he gone ?
    Now, let’s break in the following ways:-

    • He has gone
    • Has he gone there
    • Where has he gone?

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 19

     

    Always use “IN” for months

    In January/March/September/December

    For example,
    He will be here in May

    I will go to Indonesia in December

     




     

    Mistake No. 20

     

    Always use “ON” before DAYS OF THE WEEK

    For example,
    On Sunday/Monday/Wednesday/Thursday/Friday/Saturday

    I will catch him on Sunday

     

    Grammatical Mistakes which many of you make, but don’t realise

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 21

    Many a times (wrong)
    Many times (correct)
    or
    Many a time (correct)

     




    MISTAKE NO. 22

     

    Lose or Loose?

    Lose (verb)- To Win
    Loose (adjective) Not tight

    He will lose the match like this (used as verb)
    This shirt is too loose  (used as adjective)

    Hope, the difference is clear now

     




    Not knowing where to use I, ME or MY

    He is taller than I (wrong)

    He is taller than MY (wrong)

    He is taller than ME (correct)

    Let’s explain

    “I” will never be used at the end of sentence

    “I” is a subject

    I am going

    Now, if there are two subjects, “I” follows next

    For example

    Saddam and my are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going out of station (correct)

    Another example:-

    Saddam and me are going out of station (wrong)

    Saddam and I are going to attend the event (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 24

     

    He wakes or He wake?

    Add (s) or (es) to verb with HE/SHE/IT

    He wake early (wrong)

    He wakes (not wake) early (correct)

     




    She go to school (wrong)

    She goes (not go) to school (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 25

     

    For or Since?

    Many people don’t know the proper use of FOR and SINCE

    “SINCE” is used for specific time

    Since 1997

    Since morning

    Since 2o’ clock

    Since yesterday

    Since afternoon

     

    “FOR” is used, when the time is not clear

    For many years (how many years?)

    For a day  (Which day)

    For the whole year (which year?)

    For two hours (which two hours of the day?)

     




    Mistake No. 26

     

    Cope up (wrong)

    Cope up with (wrong)

    Cope with (correct)

    He has to cope with challenges soon as I want to see him winner
    One must cope with adversities in every phase of life

     




    Mistake No. 27

    Many of you make spelling mistakes

    •  Acheive (wrong)
    •  Achieve (correct)
    • Wrong: Changeble
    • Right: Changeable
    • Wrong: Embarass
    • Right: Embarrass
    • Wrong: Garantee
    • Right: Guarantee
    • Wrong: Independant
    • Right: Independent
    • Wrong: Carnell
    • Right: Colonel
    • Wrong: Millenium
    • Right: Millennium
    • Wrong: Mispell
    • Right: Misspell
    • Wrong: Definately
    • Right: Definitely
    • Wrong: Fluorosent
    • Right: Fluorescent
    • Wrong: Jist
    • Right: Gist
    • Wrong: Immediatly
    • Right: Immediately
    • Wrong: Prefered
    • Right: Preferred
    • Wrong: Publically
    • Right: Publicly
    • Wrong: Seperate
    • Right: Separate
    • Wrong: Succesful
    • Right: Successful

     




     

    Mistake No. 28

     

    Many of you use SECOND or THIRD FORM with DID

    He didn’t slept (wrong)
    He didn’t sleep (correct)

    Always use THE FIRST FORM OF VERB with DID

    More example:-

    I didn’t complete the work on time, and I apologise for it

    He didn’t wash the clothes, even though I told him to

     

     




     

    Read : Basic tips to improve English like never before 

     

    Mistake No. 29

     

    Forming INTERROGATIVE QUESTIONS incorrectly

    You like to play football

    becomes

    Do you like to play football?

     

    Similarly,

    He watches the match becomes

    Does he watch the match? (“es” will be replaced with “DO” in the interrogative sentence )

    Likewise,
    Do they play pool?

     




     

    Mistake No. 30

     

    Not using PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS TENSE for the actions which have started in the past and are still in the continuation phase

    For example,

    She has been working in the office since 2007  (if she is still working)

    He has been working in the college for 2 years now (if he is still employed as a teacher)

     

     




    Mistake No. 31

    Frequent mistakes in English Grammar

    LIKES OR LIKE

    My brother like to play cricket (wrong)

    You need to know that WITH THE HELPING VERBS

    HE, SHE, IT – THE MAIN VERB WILL BE SINGULAR

    So, here as the subject is (BROTHER) is singular, so the verb will also be singular

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 32

     

    Me or My

    He is coming to meet my (wrong)

    He is coming to meet me (correct

    They are coming to me house (wrong)
    They are coming to my house (correct)

    MY is always used before a noun

    My pen

    My shirt

    My shoes

    My building

    My mango

    My table




     

    MISTAKE NO. 33

    You can speak loud (wrong)

    You can speak loudly (correct)

    They speak clear (wrong)

    They speak clearly (correct)

    She speaks slow (wrong)
    She speaks slowly (correct)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 34

    Never use “VERY BETTER”

    Simply say “BETTER” or “MUCH BETTER”

    The patient feels very better after taking medicine (wrong)
    The patient feels better after taking medicine (correct)
    or

    The patient feels much better after taking medicine (correct)

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 35

     

    I go or I goes?

    Always use the plural form of verb with “I”  (without “s” or “es”)

    I goes to school daily (Wrong)
    I eats pomegranate (Wrong)

    I likes this painting (wrong)

    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    I go to school daily (Correct)
    I eat pomegranate (Correct)
    I like this painting (Correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 36

     

    THEY HAVE OR THEY HAS?

     

    When there is I, WE, YOU, THEY – We always use HAVE OR HAD




    They has gone (wrong)
    You has eaten the mango (wrong)

    They have gone (correct)
    You have eaten the mango (Correct)




    Mistake No. 37

     

    Older or Elder ?

     




    Both the term means that you are younger to the other person. However, both of them are used in different ways. For example,

    • He is older to me (correct)
    • My brother is older to me (Wrong)

    Now, I am explaining to you.

    We use “elder” with those people who have blood relations with us. While for others we use “older”




    I am going to give you another example in order to help you understand in a better way.

    • I am elder to my cousin brother. (correct)
    • My friend’s father is older to him. (correct)

    Hope, you have got the difference between the two.

     

     




    Mistake No. 38

    12:AM  12:PM or 12 Noon 12 Midnight?

     




    Another most common mistake which people mistake pertaining to 12o’ clock

    If it’s day time, then we will be saying, It’s 12 noon and if its 12 at night, then it’s 12 midnight.

    One simply cannot say 12 am or pm.

    For example,

    I will reach there by 12 noon. (correct)

    I will return home by 12 midnight. (correct)

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 39

     

    One of the other mistakes which we make at the time of examinations




    We usually say,

    I have given the examination (wrong)

    We should say

    I have taken the exam (right)

    Even though, it’s literal meaning is totally opposite to what we want to say. Isn’t it?




     

     

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 40

    More thinner (wrong)
    Thinner (correct)

    I am more thinner than him (wrong)
    I am thinner than him (correct)




    Mistake No. 41

     

    In the month of March or On the month of March?

    In the month of March (correct

    Always use IN with months

    For example

    In Jan

    In Feb
    In Mar

    In Apr

    In May

    In June

    In July

    In Aug

    In Sep

    In Oct

    In Nov

    In Dec

     

     




    Mistake No. 42

    Our or Us

    They are coming to us house (wrong)
    They are coming to our house (correct)

    OUR will always be used before a noun

    For example

    Our house

    Our country

    Our flag

    Our chair

    Our desk

    US will be used in the following sentences

    He is coming to meet us

    They have invited us

     

     

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : How I improved my English and how you can too 

    Mistake No. 43

     

    Play or Plays  FOR I, WE YOU THEY??

    They plays the game of cricket very well (wrong)

    With the subjects such as I, WE YOU, THEY  the main verb will be plural that is (WITHOUT “S” OR “ES”
    They play the game of cricket very well (correct

    Similarly, for promouns such as

    I /WE / YOU/THEY PLAY CRICKET VERY WELL

    I /WE / YOU/THEY GO FOR MOVIE EVERY WEEKEND

    I /WE / YOU/THEY WATCH THE MOVIE TOGETHER

     

     




    Mistake No. 44

     

    Not knowing where to use “HE”, “HIS” AND “HIM”

    For example

    He is going to him house (wrong)

    He is going to he house (wrong)

    He is going to his house (correct)

    “HIS” is always used before a NOUN

    For example

    HIS PEN

    HIS BOOK

    HIS TABLE

    HIS COUNTRY

    HIS BOTTLE

    HIS SYRINGE

     

     




    Mistake No. 45

     

    Always use the singular form of the verb with “EACH” & “EVERY”

     

    Many of you don’t realise that with “Each” and “Every”, we use the singular form of verb

    For example

     

    Each of these boys write well  (Wrong)

    Each of these boys writes well (correct)

    Another example

    Each of you go to school daily (Wrong)
    Each of you goes to school daily (correct)
    There is “s” with write

    Everyone of you paint well (Wrong)

    Everyone of you paints well (Correct)
    Another example
    Everyone of you drive well (Wrong)
    Everyone of you drives well (Correct)




    Mistake No. 46

     

    Neither or Both?

    Use “Neither” instead of “Both” in the following negative sentences.

    For example,
    Both of you didn’t come (wrong)

    Neither of you came  (Correct)
    Both of them aren’t sincere towards their studies (wrong)

    Neither of them are sincere towards their studies (Correct)

     

    Both of us aren’t going to attend the party (wrong)
    Neither of us are attending the party (correct)

     

     




    Mistake No. 47

     

     

    Always use the THIRD FORM OF VERB if it is followed by “THE” (The + verb )

    For example,

    I can surely say that this is the good building in town (wrong)
    Why?

    Because, good is the first of verb

    I can surely say that this is the best building in town (correct)

     

    It is the better painting, I have ever seen (Wrong)
    “Better” is the second form

    It is the best painting, I have ever seen (Correct)




     

    Mistake No. 48

     

    Never use helping verbs “twice” such as in the following sentences:-

    When I will come, I will call you (wrong)

    “WILL” shouldn’t be used two times in one sentence

    When I come, I will call you (correct)

    The moment, he will arrive, he will text me (wrong)
    The moment he arrives, he will text me (correct)

     




    Mistake No. 49

     

    Listen me or “Listen to” me?

    He doesn’t listen me (wrong)
    He doesn’t “listen to” me (correct)

    Always use “LISTEN TO”

    OR

    “LISTENING TO”

    He is not listening to me
    They are not listening to them

    She is not listening to her

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 50

     

    Use correct form of WORD in sentences

     

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     

     

     

     




     

    Read : Complete guide to improve English in months 

    Mistake No. 51

     

     

    Always use AT before time

    At 5o’clock
    At 7 pm

    Can you arrive at 5o’clock?
    I need to catch my flight.

     

    Mistake 52

     

    Our auditorium is in the 3rd floor (wrong)

    Our auditorium is on the 3rd floor. (correct)

     

     

    Mistake 53

    His brother-in-laws have arrive at the party (wrong)

    His brothers-in-law have arrived at the party (correct)

    The plural of BROTHER-IN-LAW IS “BROTHERS-IN-LAW”

    Same is

    Sisters-in-law

    Mothers-in-law

     

     

    Mistake 54

    She has golden hairs (wrong)
    She has golden hair (correct)

    HAIR is plural in itself, so it will be unchanged

     

    Mistake 55

     

    I prefer tea than coffee (wrong)
    I prefer tea to coffee (correct)

    Always use TO with PREFER

    For example,

    I prefer trouser to jeans

    I prefer Nigeria to United States



    Mistake No. 56

     

    Its high time, he improves his verbal English (wrong)
    It’s high, he improved his verbal English (correct)

    With “IT’S HIGH TIME”, we use past tense, to refer the present

    Other examples:-

    It’s high time, he demonstrated his skills

    It’s high time, he learned Arabic

    It’s high time, he drove car

     




    Difference between
    It’s and Its

    Its- Used for denoting possession
    It’s – Short version of It is

    For example

    Use of Its
    The truck broke its window panes, due to strong winds
    This house is slightly cost effective than its neighbours

    The flag in my house is standing strongly in its poll, even after strong winds

     

    Use of  It’s
    It’s normal for people to move like this here

    It’s going to be dark soon, so we should head back

    It’s normal for people to sleep early here

     

     




     

    Read : Top 3 mistakes English learners should never forget in 2018

     

    Mistake No. 57

     

    I am having two brothers and two sisters.(wrong)

    I have two brothers and two sisters (correct)




    Mistake No. 58

     

    Our house is near to the lake (wrong)
    Our house is near the lake (correct)

    Never use “TO” with “NEAR”

    For example,
    I live near my friend

    My pet is near me

    I live near the countryside

     




     

    Mistake No. 59

     

    Does she has a cycle? (wrong)

    Does she have a car? (correct)

    The main verb “HAVE” denotes ownership

     




    Mistake No. 60

    I like very much baseball (wrong)
    I like baseball very much (correct)

    Always use “VERY MUCH” at the end of sentence

    Other examples

    He likes mangoes very much

    They like the play very much

    She likes mango very much




     

    Mistake No. 61

     

    “Today office is there?”   (wrong)

    Say in the following manner:-

    Is today a working day? (correct)

     

     

     

     

     

     

    Mistake 62

    I will be going or I will be go?

    In future Tenses, after “BE”, we always use (ing) in verb

    He will be go to school tomorrow (Wrong)
    They will be watch television later (Wrong)

    I will be visit park tomorrow (wrong)
    Correct sentences are as follows:-

    He will be going to school tomorrow (Correct)
    They will be watching television later (Correct)

    I will be visiting park tomorrow (Correct)




     

    Mistake 63

    Watch or See?

    We use “Watch”  when we are looking at something in an attentive manner

    For example
    We watch television (correct)
    We look television (wrong)

    I am watching the actions of a stranger for over a week now
    He watches me whenever I try to speak in English




     

    We use “See” where we get things on our way

    For example
    We see people sleep on pavements

    I see children playing in the open




    Mistake No. 64

    Their or There?

    There (used for a place)
    Their (refers to something which is owned and related to group)

    For example:-

    I go there (place)
    I am going to their house (House is owned by them)
    He is going there (place)
    He is going their office (Office is owned by them)




     

    Mistake No. 65

    Who vs. Which?

     

    Who is used for a HUMAN BEING

    WHICH is  used for an OBJECT

     

    For example

    Saddam is a nice human being who (not WHICH) loves helping people

    He is the person who likes to eat ice-cream

     

    He gave a book which (not WHO) is quite informative

    I have an ice-cream which is quite tasty

     

     

     




    Mistake No. 66

    Come or Return?

    We often say that

    We have come from office or school. (Wrong)

    The correct form should be

    We have returned from office or school (right)

    The basic different which lies between “come” and return”:-

    We use the word “return” where we had already gone to a place and that we are returning from there.

     

    While on the other hand, the word “come” is used when none such an action takes place.
    For example, we can say

    My friend will come to house on my birthday (correct)




    Here, if we use the word “return” for them, then it is going to be wrong

    Like

    My friend will return to my house on birthday. (Wrong)

    Hope, you have got the basic difference from the two words “come” and “return”




     

    Mistake No. 67

    I came to school by walking (wrong)

    I came to school on foot. (correct)

     




     

    Mistake No. 68

    What is the time in your watch? (wrong)

    What is the time by your watch? (correct)




     

    Mistake No. 69

    Gone or Went?

    Most of you use “Went” in the following sentences:-
    For example

    She had ate the mango (wrong)

    Or

    She has went there  (Wrong)

    Correct sentences will be
    She has eaten the mango (correct)

    She has gone there (Correct)

    Tip to remember:-

    We use the third form of verb with HELPING VERN SUCH AS HAS/HAVE/HAD
    If there is any verb used with them, then it has to be the third form of verb

    In the above case

      1. “Ate” is the “2nd” form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “EATEN”
      2. “Went” is the 2nd form of verb. You need to use “3rd” form of verb which is “GONE”

       

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 70

     

    HAS / HAVE OR HAD?

    Many of you think that if in any sentence “HAS” “HAVE” or “HAD” is used then, it will be a “Present Perfect Tense.
    It is not like that.
    For example,
    I have a ball (No perfect sentence, it is infact Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense )
    Why?

    Because, there is no MAIN VERB is used.  “HAVE” in the above sentence is just a helping verb

    Other examples of Present Indefinite Tense or Simple Present Tense are as follows:-

    He has a pen

    You have a ball
    They have bags

    He has a pencil

     

     

     




     

    Mistake No. 71

     

    DID WENT OR DID GO?

    You need to add the FIRST FORM OF VERB in sentences where “DID” is used

    For example
    He didn’t went (wrong)

    He didn’t go (correct)

    They didn’t listened me (wrong)

    They didn’t listen (correct)




    You didn’t wanted me to go there (wrong)

    You didn’t want me to go there (correct)

    I didn’t liked the image (Wrong)

    I didn’t like the mango (correct)

    She didn’t watered the plants (Wrong)

    She didn’t water the plants (correct)

    YOU NEED TO ADD FIRST FORM OF VERB WITH DID (as above)




     

     

    MISTAKE NO. 72

     

    Mistake
    Never make nouns plural with EVERY

    For example

    Every students (wrong)
    Every pencils (wrong)

    Correct are
    Every student (correct)

    Every pencil (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 73

     

     

    Where I can find the washroom? (Wrong)
    Where can I find the washroom? (Correct)

     

    After “WHERE” helping verb will be used in the aforesaid INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES

    Similarly,

    Where I can find your notes? (wrong)
    Where can I find your notes? (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 74

     

    Never Add “WHO’” with non-living things

    For example

    The book who you gave is quite informative (wrong)

    The book which you gave is quite informative (correct)
    Book is a non-living thing and we use WHICH instead of WHO

     

    The pencil who you gave is lost (wrong)
    The pencil which you gave is list (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 75

     

    Few or Less?

    Few is used with countable nouns

    Less with uncountable nouns

    For example:-

    I met few people today (not less people)
    He has given me less sugar where I can’t even prepare two cups of tea (Not few sugar)
    He has given me few coins (not less)
    We have less than an hour left  (not few)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 76

    Anyways (wrong)

    Anyway (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 77

    They need not to (wrong)

    They don’t need to (correct)

    Always, use helping verb after subject

    Another example

    He doesn’t need to eat heavy lunch at night

    They don’t need to play games for an hour




    Mistake No. 78

     

    Write the names of fruits with ink (wrong)

    Write the names of fruits  in ink (correct)

    INK is always denoted with “IN”

    In INK

     

     

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 79

     

    There or Their?

    I am going to there house to meet them (wrong)

    I am going to their house to meet them (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 80

     

    He is in call right now (wrong)

    He is on call right now (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 81

     

    My favourite match will be in television tonight (wrong)
    My favourite match will be on television tonight (correct)

     

    MISTAKE NO. 82

     

    I was on work all day (wrong)
    I was at work all day (correct)

    Always say AT work

    Where were you?

    I was at work




     

    Read : Don’t miss reading the post, if you want to pass interview  

     

    MISTAKE NO. 83

     

    Who or Whom?

    I consulted the doctor who I met on train (wrong)

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person ) (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 84

    Where to use “accept” and “except”

    Accept

    I except your offer, since it looks quite attractive (Wrong)

    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive (correct)

    They excepted my nature and pardoned me (wrong)
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me  (correct)

     

    Except

    The barracks were open for all the jailers, accept one (wrong)
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one (correct)

    Accept for him, all his family members were happy (wrong)

    Except for him, all his family members were happy (correct)




     

    MISTAKE NO. 85

    How enthusiasm and happiness can be used. Lets find out.

    I am enthusiasm or I am happiness (wrong)

    I am an enthusiastic person (used as adjective) (or if we want to use the word “Enthusiasm” then we can say

    I am full of enthusiasm (used as noun)

    I am happy (used as noun)

    I am full of happiness (used as adjective)

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 86

    How to write the same sentence in different ways :-

     

    I am excitedly waiting to hear the good news of my son’s success in exam

    I am waiting in excitement to get the pleasant news of my son’s success in exam

    Other example

    I am not surprised to know that U.S is going to send relief items to Iraq

    The news of U.S sending relief items to Iraq doesn’t surprise me




     

    MISTAKE NO. 87

     

    “Than” is used for comparing things
    For example
    There are more jars than plates in your kitchen

    “Then” is used for time related actions and events
    For example:-
    Come by 11 tonight, I will be at home by then

     




    MISTAKE NO. 88

    What time it is? (wrong)
    What time is it ? (correct)

    Always use the helping verb first in the Interrogative sentences

    Other examples

    What are you going to do after Class 12th?

    What will happen to your old car?

     




    Mistake No. 89

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered to me (wrong)

    I am waiting for so long, but they haven’t answered me (correct)

    Always say

    Answered me

     

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 90

    One of my friend is a doctor (wrong)
    One of my friends is a doctor (correct)

    The noun will always be plural with ONE OF MY

    Other examples

    One of my pen

    One of my books

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 91

    Me or My

    I want you to be me friend (wrong)

    I want you to be my friend (correct)




    MISTAKE NO. 92

    12 :am or 12 : pm

    12 is neither AM or PM

    It is either 12 NOON or 12 midnight




     

    MISTAKE NO. 93

     

    Yours sincerely or Yours lovingly?

    In Formal Letter, always say
    Your sincerely or Your faithfully

     

    While in Informal letters,

    say

    Yours lovingly




     

    MISTAKE NO. 94

    Call he (wrong)

    Call him (correct)

    Similarly,

    Call them

    Call her

    Call us

    Call me

    Call you

     




    Read : Want to pass interview? Read these tips 

    MISTAKE NO. 95

     

    Farther and Further?

    “Farther” is used to denote a considerable distance

    For example:-

    His rocket landed farther down the road than mine

    “Further” is used to denote an action which is ahead

    For example
    The fight between the two parties will lead to further damage

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 96

     

    I wore a jeans (wrong)
    I wore a pair of jeans (correct)
    I wore jeans (correct)

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 97

    Noun – Practice

    The physician’s practice

    Verb – Practise

    How long have you been practising management?

     




     

    MISTAKE NO. 98

     

    The client has ordered for a wedding cake (wrong)

    The client has ordered a wedding cake (correct)

     

    Other examples:-
    He has ordered a mobile online

    The doctor has ordered a stethoscope

     




     

     

    Mistake No. 99

     

    More taller (wrong)
    Taller (correct

    He is more taller than you (wrong)
    He is taller than you (correct)

     

     

    Mistake No. 100

    On Sunday or In Sunday?

    Always use ON with days of the week

    For example

    On Sunday

    On Monday

    On Tuesday
    On Wednesday
    On Thursday

    On Friday

    On Saturday

     




     

    Mistake No. 101

     

     

    Where to use
    He – His – Him

    I – my – me

    We – Our – Us
    You – Your – You

    They – Their – Them

     

     

    His- My – Our – Your – Their – will always be used before a noun
    For example

    His pen

    My pen

    Our Pen

    Your Pen
    Their Pen

    Him- Me – Us – You – Them – will always be used alone (without a noun)

    For example:-

    They are going to meet him

    They are going to meet me

    They are going to meet us

    They are going to meet you

    They are going to meet them

     

    Read :   How to start improving English now  

     

     




     

     

     

     




    Accept and Except
    Accept – To receive
    Except – Exclude
    Confusion starts, as both of them looks quite similar , but have totally different meaning




    Sentences with ACCEPT

    Let’s help you in creating sentences so that you can actually their individual meaning
    I accept your offer, since it looks quite attractive
    They accepted my nature and pardoned me
    He will accept me, as I have told the truth
    The management accepted my letter of apology, as a letter my respect for them has increased further
    The cops didn’t accept the fact that the man stole the valuables




    Sentences with Except




    I took every medicine recommended except this one, but now I realise that I should have taken before.
    Except today all the days were cloudy this week
    All my friends were going to zoo, except me
    The barracks were open for all the jailers, except one
    Except for him, all his family members were happy
    Except this year, I got promotion everyyear

    Now, take part in the QUIZ

    [wp_quiz_pro id=”2749″]

    Read : 15 English grammar mistakes you are making in 2018




     

     

     

     




    Who and Whom – Mistakes

     

    Who is the subjective pronoun like I, we, you, they, He , she, it
    Whom is the objective pronoun Like me, us, you, them, him, her




    Who and Whom both denotes the human-beings, But, their use is different

    Whom – Where is it used?

    Will be used for an individual – no organization or company
    No sentence will start with “Whom”
    Whom will always be used in the middle

    I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person )




     

    Who – Where is it used?

    It is used for subjective pronouns such as I, we you, they, he, she, it
    For example
    Who was the doctor whom you consulted?
    Ans. I consulted the doctor whom I met on train (whom refers to the person)

     

    Let’s take the use of “Who”

     

    Who was that person?
    He is my friend

    Who was with you yesterday?
    He was my English Teacher
    Who was accompanying you last night?
    He was my mentor
    Who was with you in car?
    He was my father.




     

     

    Let’s take use of “WHOM”

    I met the architect in my office whom I greeted in the party last night

    I am very happy to shake hands with the Prime Minister whom I met at the airport.

    Whom  should I talk for getting this work done in the department?

    To who was this letter directed?

    Whom do you believe for getting this work done professionally?

    I am in a fix with whom, I am going to partner for the show

     







    The big business of Facebook likes – Every thing you want to know about them

    business of buying Facebook likes

    You must have seen bloggers asking for specific number of Facebook likes in exchange for money. After all, it is a common feature where great numbers of people want to buy likes in order to give requisite exposure to their blogs.

    So, who creates likes for them?

    This post is regarding the big business which is being done by the people behind the scene who are creating the likes in the pages for such bloggers. While reading the following article, you will surely know some of the startling facts which you would not have heard before.

    Read :10 Benefits of Having a Facebook Fan Page Over A Personal Profile

    (These queries are basically put forth to a lad of 21 and a Bachelor of Arts graduate namely Suraj who indulges in generating likes)
    How are likes created?

    Page owners in the pursuit of getting increasing number of likes go through the big pages such as those concerning with that of celebrities etc who have great number of followers. They then comment on their pages where they write various taglines in order to attract people such “add me for a free share and follow me if you are blocked” kind of comments which is then followed by “message me when done” etc The more you share your posts and content amongst the Facebook pages, the better it will be for you since it will give due exposure to your blog as others will see it on a large scale.

    Now, when the pages get requisite exposure, different page owners through the facility of “Share for share” create likes for each other.

    So, what is “Share for Share”?

    It is basically an exercise where page owners mutually decide on giving certain number of likes to each other. Since, every one wants to generate likes for registering greater popularity. Isn’t it?

    For example, two page owners with 1,000 and 1,500 like page mutually decide to create 100 likes as a part of “share for share” program. This in turn, they manage to get 1,100 and 1,600 likes respectively.

    Read : 5 ways to clean your social media image before you apply for a job

    Are these permanent likes?

    Absolutely, yes these likes are permanent and it is important to use them on periodical basis or else they become inactive. Since, in that case, these likes will purely be considered just for show off as they will not have any sort of relevance. However, on the other hand as you habitually share content which interests your readers, your posts have far more potential of striking the chord of audience. Hence, as a result others are surely going to share as well as comment on your post. This will in turn increase your likes for sure.

    How many likes can u arrange in a day?

    There is no fixed number of the likes which you generate. It depends on the popularity of your blog as well as the timing. Since a big chunk of the likes are US based, therefore the Indian Standard Timing from 3:00 till 6:00 am stands out to be quite crucial. This is the time when the users are the most active there and one can easily generate roughly 500-1000 likes just by posting and commenting. If you do take help of “Share for share” then the figure can surely double as well or it can be even more to an extent.

    What are the things which help in generating the likes in terms of posts or comments?

    One generates “likes” through both “comments” and “posts” provided they are interesting. The posts which are related with “racism” and “bullying” invite the biggest numbers of likes since these are the concerns which are highly prevalent in the world.  Other than that, the posts which are directly related with the real life incidents such as

    “When I say I will not tell any body, my best friend does not count”

    0r

    Getting home and you looked in the mirror only to realize that you looked like that all the day”

    equally gather lots of eye balls too.

    How much you earn in return to selling those likes?

    It purely depends on the dealings which happen between buyers and sellers. However, the generate rate is as follows

    1000 Likes = INR300 (6$)

    10,000 Likes = INR3000 (60$)

    100,000 Likes = INR30,000 (600$)

    1Million Likes = INR300,000 (6000$)

    Other than that what equally matters is the facility of “talking about” since if it is more then it signals the popularity of the blog.

    Read : How Social Media gives the citizens a proud moment on Independence Day

    So, what is talking about?

    “Talking about” as the name indicates refer to the extent of comments and share which a certain post receives either directly by immediate friends or with “friends of friends”.

    If your page has roughly 50, 0000 likes and its “taking about” is 1 million, then it clearly implies a healthy figure of the page. It usually attains a figure between INR 20,000 (400$) and 25,000 (500$). In the event when the “talking about” is less and your page has greater likes, then it is termed to be an “inactive” page”.

    Do you want to tell any thing more which readers do not know?

    Besides indulging in buying and selling, there are other business which people indulge in as well. Like various people promote their blogs through popular pages.  There are few sites which pay you for sharing their advertisements.

    Word of Caution

    However, one needs to be cautious while dealing online owing to rising cases of scams as many scammers are bringing the bad name to the whole fraternity. They resort to unethical and unwanted means towards duping people.

    There are prominent two scams which are going on:-
    1. There are fraudsters who in spite of showing the pages with numbers of likes, sell the one with comparably lesser number of likes.
    2. People with evil intentions, post the screen shot of the PayPal account with high amount only to garner the belief of buyers of the pages. The moment they get their pages transferred, they block the person.

    Hence, one should be cautious on such front.

    Read : Things Your Business Should Never Do On FaceBook

     

    Easy steps on how to get fair skin naturally at home in 2 weeks

    home remedy

    Summers are in full swing and in such scorching days, we need to take extra precautions to preserve our skin and make it even fairer as well. After all, who doesn’t want to look fair and beautiful? We all love to. Isn’t it? Beauty is well appreciated and we all love to have fair skin as well. So what if you aren’t blessed with fair skin, yet you can derive easy steps on how to get fair even skin tone. My idea of writing the post is to tell you 10 essential homemade beauty tips for fair skin so that you don’t have to spend whopping sum of money outside by going to beauty parlors. After all, these are the easiest and cost effective skin tips to help you get fair skin. You can attain fair skin right by using the products which will in all probability be there in your kitchen. While going out, you should be habitual of applying sun screen since it protects the soft skin of your face and try to cover your face from the direct rays of the sun. Therefore, by reading the following post, you will know how to get fair skin naturally

    Scrub lemon daily

    If you want to know how to become fair, then all you have to do is start with the practice of scrubbing half lemon daily on your face as it helps in lighting the skin tone of yours. You will start seeing the results right from the first day itself since lemon proves to be an excellent bleaching agent which removes the blemishes of the face and makes the skin glow as well.

    Squeeze potato juice

    One of the home remedies for fair skin is to apply the potato juice (by squeezing it of course) on your face. Your skin will start witnessing marked difference as well.

    Read : How to loose weight fast as a teenager

    Apply mashed tomato pulp

    If you want to ask how to become fair naturally, then I will suggest you to apply the paste of mashed tomato pulp on your face as it help in giving a pinkish glow to your face, besides of course making your skin quite fair as well. If your skin is oily and you are quite fed up due to the same, then better not worry since it equally helps in curbing and I should say absorbing excess oil of the face by treating the open pores of your face as well. Isn’t it great?

    Read : How to loose weight naturally without exercise

    Mix lemon juice and skin in equal quantity

    If you want to ask me how to get fair in 10 days, then I will suggest you to mix lemon juice as well as honey in equal quantity and no sooner that you apply it on your skin, you will start to experience a fair and glowing skin as well.

    Apply egg white

    We all know the immense importance and utility of egg white in making fair skin and now the time has come when you can equally get fair skin with the same. You should be habitual of applying egg white on skin twice a week and you will start seeing the pleasant difference yourself. Selection of food also matters in speeding up the process of having fair skin along with giving perfect figure.

    Also Read : Best foods for natural weight loss

    Use saffron in uncooked milk and apply

    Ok I am giving you another great tip which helps you to get fair skin in just 7 days. Yes you heard it right. You just need to clean your face with uncooked milk (raw milk) by mixing it with saffron. You need to use cotton pad in order to apply the same on your skin and as you adopt the same procedure on daily basis, it is no wonder that you will start seeing difference in as early as 7 days.

    Apply curd with tomato

    Another one of the 10 simple home remedies to get fairer complexion in two weeks is to apply the paste of curb with tomato. After been away throughout the day in dirt, sun and heavy wind, now you can apply the same just before going to bed on daily basis. This will help you to give a clearer, fairer as well as mind-blowing skin within no time. Stress is also a culprit which hinders the process of getting fair skin since if we are too much stressed on periodical basis, then we automatically develop dark circles.

    Also Read : Top 10 practical ways to manage stress

    Use curd with honey

    If you want to ask me as to how to get fairer skin in 15 days, then I will suggest you to use curd with honey as it helps in making the skin light and you will naturally feel proud of attaining fair skin as well. Isn’t it great?

    Apply malai with curd

    Amongst the other home remedy which works in giving the fairer skin is to make the past of malai with curb and apply on your face. This is an exercise which helps you to give fairer as well as glowing skin, like the way you have always wanted.

    Use sandalwood paste with almond oil

    Use sandalwood paste with almond oil in order to get fair skin as this is another one of the fair skin secrets to get glowing skin like never before.

    Finally, aforesaid are the 10 essential homemade beauty tips for fair skin. Since, these homemade tips for fair skin will make you jump with joy as besides being cost effective, they are equally to be followed. The best thing is that you don’t have to take out time from your busy schedule to get fair skin. You don’t have to pay whopping sum of money as the form of charge to the beauty parlors. The post equally addresses the basic question to the men folks if they ever ask me as to how to get fair skin for men. So, start following them and change your life for the better through the same. So, what are you waiting for?

    Also Read : Top 10 health benefits of yoga you should know about